Regenerated.
[emacs.git] / lisp / loaddefs-boot.el
blob5f03261165fcf39a494b2273da2546f7473676d3
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (16213 43281))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
36 \(fn)" t nil)
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
41 \(fn)" t nil)
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
46 \(fn)" t nil)
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
52 \(fn)" t nil)
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
64 ;;;***
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
67 ;;;;;; (16250 35354))
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
70 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
73 extensions.
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
75 name
77 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
79 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
81 This version was built on $Date: 2003/09/30 12:54:32 $.
83 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
84 \\{ada-mode-map}
86 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
87 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
89 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
90 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
93 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
95 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
97 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
98 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
100 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
101 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
103 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
104 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
105 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
106 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
107 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
109 If you use imenu.el:
110 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
112 If you use find-file.el:
113 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
114 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
115 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
116 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
117 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
119 If you use ada-xref.el:
120 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
121 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
122 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
124 \(fn)" t nil)
126 ;;;***
128 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
129 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
132 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
133 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
135 \(fn)" t nil)
137 ;;;***
139 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
140 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
143 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
144 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
145 Completion is available.
147 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
149 ;;;***
151 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
152 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
153 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
154 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
155 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (16213 43264))
156 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
158 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
159 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
160 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
161 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
163 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log")
165 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
166 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
167 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
169 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log")
171 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
172 *Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
173 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
174 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
175 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
176 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
178 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log")
180 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
181 Prompt for a change log name.
183 \(fn)" nil nil)
185 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
186 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
188 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
189 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
190 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
191 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
193 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
194 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
195 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
197 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
198 current buffer to the complete file name.
199 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
201 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
203 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
204 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
205 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
206 name and site.
208 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
209 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
211 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
213 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
214 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
215 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
217 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
218 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
219 the same person.
221 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
222 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
223 notices.
225 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
226 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
228 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
230 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
231 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
232 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
233 the change log file in another window.
235 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
236 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
238 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
239 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
240 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
241 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
242 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
243 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
244 \\{change-log-mode-map}
246 \(fn)" t nil)
248 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
249 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
251 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
252 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
254 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
255 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
257 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
258 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
260 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
261 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
263 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
264 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
265 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
266 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
267 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
269 Has a preference of looking backwards.
271 \(fn)" nil nil)
273 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
274 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
275 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
276 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
277 or a buffer.
279 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
280 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
282 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
284 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
285 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
287 \(fn)" t nil)
289 ;;;***
291 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
292 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (16213
293 ;;;;;; 43272))
294 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
296 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
297 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
298 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
299 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
300 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
301 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
302 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
303 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
304 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
305 interpreted as `error'.")
307 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice")
309 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
310 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
311 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
312 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
313 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
314 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
315 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
316 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
318 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice")
320 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
321 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
322 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
323 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
324 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
325 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
326 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
327 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
328 will be overwritten with the new one.
329 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
330 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
331 will clear the cache.
333 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
335 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
336 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
337 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
339 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
340 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
341 BODY... )
343 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
344 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
345 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
346 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
347 see also `ad-add-advice'.
348 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
349 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
350 before/around/after-advices will be used.
351 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
352 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
353 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
354 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
355 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
356 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
358 Semantics of the various flags:
359 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
360 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
361 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
363 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
364 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
366 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
367 advised function should be compiled.
369 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
370 during activation until somebody enables it.
372 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
373 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
374 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
375 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
377 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
378 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
379 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
380 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
381 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
382 during preloading.
384 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
386 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
388 ;;;***
390 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
391 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
392 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (16213 43264))
393 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
395 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
396 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
397 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
398 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
399 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
400 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
401 rule's `separate' attribute).
403 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
404 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
405 `separate' attribute set.
407 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
408 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
409 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
410 on the format of these lists.
412 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
414 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
415 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
416 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
417 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
418 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
419 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
420 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
421 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
422 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
423 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
424 options.
426 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
427 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
429 Fred (123) 456-7890
430 Alice (123) 456-7890
431 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
432 Joe (123) 456-7890
434 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
435 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
436 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
438 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
440 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
441 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
442 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
443 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
444 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
445 align that section.
447 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
449 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
450 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
451 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
452 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
453 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
454 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
455 been used to align that section.
457 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
459 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
460 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
461 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
462 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
463 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
464 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
465 to be colored.
467 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
469 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
470 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
472 \(fn)" t nil)
474 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
475 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
477 \(fn)" t nil)
479 ;;;***
481 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-init) "allout" "allout.el" (16213 43264))
482 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
484 (autoload (quote allout-init) "allout" "\
485 Prime `allout-mode' to enable/disable auto-activation, wrt `allout-layout'.
487 MODE is one of the following symbols:
489 - nil (or no argument) deactivate auto-activation/layout;
490 - `activate', enable auto-activation only;
491 - `ask', enable auto-activation, and enable auto-layout but with
492 confirmation for layout operation solicited from user each time;
493 - `report', just report and return the current auto-activation state;
494 - anything else (eg, t) for auto-activation and auto-layout, without
495 any confirmation check.
497 Use this function to setup your emacs session for automatic activation
498 of allout outline mode, contingent to the buffer-specific setting of
499 the `allout-layout' variable. (See `allout-layout' and
500 `allout-expose-topic' docstrings for more details on auto layout).
502 `allout-init' works by setting up (or removing)
503 `allout-find-file-hook' in `find-file-hooks', and giving
504 `allout-auto-activation' a suitable setting.
506 To prime your emacs session for full auto-outline operation, include
507 the following two lines in your emacs init file:
509 \(require 'allout)
510 \(allout-init t)
512 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
514 ;;;***
516 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
517 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (16213 43280))
518 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
520 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
522 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
523 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
524 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
525 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
526 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
527 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
529 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
531 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
532 Not documented
534 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
536 (put (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) (quote file-remote-p) t)
538 ;;;***
540 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
541 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (16213 43281))
542 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
544 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
545 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
546 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
547 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
548 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
549 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
550 in the current window.
552 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
554 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
555 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
556 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
558 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
560 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
561 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer.
563 \(fn)" t nil)
565 ;;;***
567 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
568 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (16213 43266))
569 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
571 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
572 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
574 \(fn)" t nil)
576 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
577 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
579 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
580 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
581 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
582 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
584 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
585 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
587 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
589 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
591 ;;;***
593 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
594 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (16213 43281))
595 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
597 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
598 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
599 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
600 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
601 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
602 \\[yank].
604 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
605 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
606 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
607 the rules.
609 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
610 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
611 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
612 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
614 \(fn)" t nil)
616 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
617 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
618 \\{antlr-mode-map}
620 \(fn)" t nil)
622 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
623 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
624 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
626 \(fn)" nil nil)
628 ;;;***
630 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
631 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
632 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
633 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (16213 43272))
634 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
636 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
637 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
638 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
639 as the first thing on a line.")
641 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt")
643 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
644 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
646 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt")
648 (defvar appt-audible t "\
649 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
651 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt")
653 (defvar appt-visible t "\
654 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
656 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt")
658 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
659 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
661 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt")
663 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
664 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
666 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt")
668 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
669 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
671 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt")
673 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
674 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
675 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
677 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt")
679 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
680 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
681 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
683 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
685 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
686 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
688 \(fn)" t nil)
690 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
691 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
692 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
693 put in the appointments list.
694 02/23/89
695 12:00pm lunch
696 Wednesday
697 10:00am group meeting
698 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
699 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
700 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
702 \(fn)" nil nil)
704 ;;;***
706 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
707 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos"
708 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (16213 43267))
709 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
711 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
712 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
714 \\{apropos-mode-map}
716 \(fn)" t nil)
718 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
719 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
720 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
721 normal variables.
723 \(fn REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
725 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
727 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
728 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
729 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
730 noninteractive functions.
732 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
733 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
735 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
737 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
738 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
740 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
742 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
743 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
744 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
745 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
746 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
748 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
750 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
751 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
752 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
753 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
754 Returns list of symbols and values found.
756 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
758 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
759 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
760 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
761 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
762 bindings.
763 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
765 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
767 ;;;***
769 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (16213
770 ;;;;;; 43267))
771 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
773 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
774 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
775 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
776 Letters no longer insert themselves.
777 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
778 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
780 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
781 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
782 archive.
784 \\{archive-mode-map}
786 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
788 ;;;***
790 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (16213 43267))
791 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
793 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
794 Major mode for editing arrays.
796 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
797 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
798 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
800 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
802 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
803 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
804 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
806 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
807 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
808 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
809 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
810 The variables are:
812 Variables you assign:
813 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
814 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
815 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
816 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
817 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
818 row numbers in the buffer.
820 Variables which are calculated:
821 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
822 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
824 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
825 take a numeric prefix argument):
827 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
828 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
829 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
830 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
832 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
833 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
834 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
835 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
837 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
838 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
839 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
840 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
842 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
843 between that of point and mark.
845 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
846 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
848 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
849 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
850 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
851 newlines inside rows)
853 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
855 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
857 \(fn)" t nil)
859 ;;;***
861 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (16213
862 ;;;;;; 43283))
863 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
865 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
866 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
867 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
868 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
870 How to quit artist mode
872 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
875 How to submit a bug report
877 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
880 Drawing with the mouse:
882 mouse-2
883 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
884 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
885 below).
887 mouse-1
888 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
889 or pastes:
891 Operation Not shifted Shifted
892 --------------------------------------------------------------
893 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
894 to new point
895 --------------------------------------------------------------
896 Line Line in any direction Straight line
897 --------------------------------------------------------------
898 Rectangle Rectangle Square
899 --------------------------------------------------------------
900 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
901 --------------------------------------------------------------
902 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
903 --------------------------------------------------------------
904 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
905 --------------------------------------------------------------
906 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
907 --------------------------------------------------------------
908 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
909 --------------------------------------------------------------
910 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
911 lines
912 --------------------------------------------------------------
913 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
914 --------------------------------------------------------------
915 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
916 --------------------------------------------------------------
917 Paste Paste Paste
918 --------------------------------------------------------------
919 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
920 --------------------------------------------------------------
922 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
923 or diagonally.
925 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
926 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
927 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
928 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
929 poly-lines.
931 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
932 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
933 overwrite means the opposite.
935 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
936 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
937 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
939 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
941 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
942 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
944 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
945 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
946 are currently drawing something.
948 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
949 some time to fill.
952 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
953 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
956 Settings
958 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
960 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
962 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
964 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
966 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
967 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
969 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
972 Drawing with keys
974 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
975 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
976 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
977 When erase characters: toggles erasing
978 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
979 When pasting: Pastes
981 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
983 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
985 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
986 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
987 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
988 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
989 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
990 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
993 Arrows
995 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
996 of the line/poly-line
998 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
999 of the line/poly-line
1002 Selecting operation
1004 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1006 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1007 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1008 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1009 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1010 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1011 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1012 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1013 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1014 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1015 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1016 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1017 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1018 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1019 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1020 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1021 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1022 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1023 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1024 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1025 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1028 Variables
1030 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1031 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1033 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1034 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1035 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1036 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1037 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1038 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1039 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1040 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1041 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1042 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1043 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1044 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1045 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1046 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1047 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1048 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1049 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1050 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1051 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1053 Hooks
1055 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1056 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1059 Keymap summary
1061 \\{artist-mode-map}
1063 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1065 ;;;***
1067 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (16213
1068 ;;;;;; 43281))
1069 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1071 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1072 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1073 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1075 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1076 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1077 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1078 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1080 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1081 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1083 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1084 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1086 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1088 Special commands:
1089 \\{asm-mode-map}
1091 \(fn)" t nil)
1093 ;;;***
1095 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1096 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
1097 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1099 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1100 Obsolete.")
1102 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1104 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1105 This command is obsolete.
1107 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
1109 ;;;***
1111 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1112 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
1113 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1115 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1116 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1117 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1118 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1119 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
1121 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1123 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1124 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1125 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1126 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1127 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1128 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1129 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1130 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1131 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1132 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1134 For example:
1135 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1136 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1137 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1138 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1139 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1141 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1145 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1146 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1147 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1148 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1149 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1151 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1153 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1154 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1155 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1156 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1157 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1158 &c to supply digit arguments.
1160 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1164 ;;;***
1166 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1167 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
1168 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1170 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1171 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1173 \(fn)" t nil)
1175 ;;;***
1177 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1178 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (16213 43267))
1179 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1181 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1182 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1183 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1185 \(fn)" t nil)
1187 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1188 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1189 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1190 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1192 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1194 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1195 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1196 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1197 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1198 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1200 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert")
1202 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1203 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1204 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1205 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1207 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1208 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1212 ;;;***
1214 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1215 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1216 ;;;;;; (16213 43272))
1217 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1219 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1220 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1221 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1222 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it.
1224 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1226 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1227 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1228 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work.
1229 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1230 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1231 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1233 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1234 directory or directories specified.
1236 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1238 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1239 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1240 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1242 \(fn)" nil nil)
1244 ;;;***
1246 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1247 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (16213 43267))
1248 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1250 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1251 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1252 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' instead.")
1254 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1255 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1257 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1258 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1259 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1263 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1264 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1266 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1267 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1269 \(fn)" nil nil)
1271 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1272 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1273 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1274 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1275 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1277 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1279 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1280 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1282 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1283 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1284 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1288 ;;;***
1290 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1291 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (16213 43267))
1292 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1294 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1295 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1296 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1297 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1298 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1300 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid")
1302 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1303 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1304 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1305 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1307 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1308 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1309 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1311 Effects of the different modes:
1312 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1313 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1314 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1315 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1316 a random distance & direction.
1317 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1318 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1319 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1321 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1323 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1324 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1325 definition of \"random distance\".)
1327 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1329 ;;;***
1331 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1332 ;;;;;; (16213 43272))
1333 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1335 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1336 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1338 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1339 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1341 For example:
1343 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1344 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1345 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1346 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1348 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1350 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1352 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1354 ;;;***
1356 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1357 ;;;;;; (16224 13136))
1358 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1360 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1361 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1362 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1363 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1365 \(fn)" t nil)
1367 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1368 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1369 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1370 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1371 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1372 seconds.
1374 \(fn)" t nil)
1376 ;;;***
1378 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1379 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (16213 43272))
1380 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1382 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1383 Time execution of FORMS.
1384 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1385 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1386 FORMS once.
1387 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1388 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1389 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1391 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1393 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1394 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1395 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1396 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1397 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1399 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1401 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1402 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1403 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1404 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1405 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1407 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1409 ;;;***
1411 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (16213
1412 ;;;;;; 43283))
1413 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1415 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1416 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1418 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1420 You should use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1421 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1422 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1423 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1424 with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1426 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1427 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode will
1428 work only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) entries
1429 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1430 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1431 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1433 For third party BibTeX files, call the function `bibtex-convert-alien'
1434 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1437 Special information:
1439 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1441 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1442 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1443 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1444 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1445 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1446 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1447 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1448 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1450 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1451 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1452 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1453 `bibtex-entry-format'.
1454 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1455 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1456 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1458 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1459 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1461 The following may be of interest as well:
1463 Functions:
1464 `bibtex-entry'
1465 `bibtex-kill-entry'
1466 `bibtex-yank-pop'
1467 `bibtex-pop-previous'
1468 `bibtex-pop-next'
1469 `bibtex-complete'
1470 `bibtex-print-help-message'
1471 `bibtex-generate-autokey'
1472 `bibtex-beginning-of-entry'
1473 `bibtex-end-of-entry'
1474 `bibtex-reposition-window'
1475 `bibtex-mark-entry'
1476 `bibtex-ispell-abstract'
1477 `bibtex-ispell-entry'
1478 `bibtex-narrow-to-entry'
1479 `bibtex-sort-buffer'
1480 `bibtex-validate'
1481 `bibtex-count'
1482 `bibtex-fill-entry'
1483 `bibtex-reformat'
1484 `bibtex-convert-alien'
1486 Variables:
1487 `bibtex-field-delimiters'
1488 `bibtex-include-OPTcrossref'
1489 `bibtex-include-OPTkey'
1490 `bibtex-user-optional-fields'
1491 `bibtex-entry-format'
1492 `bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries'
1493 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries'
1494 `bibtex-entry-field-alist'
1495 `bibtex-predefined-strings'
1496 `bibtex-string-files'
1498 ---------------------------------------------------------
1499 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1500 non-nil.
1502 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1504 \(fn)" t nil)
1506 ;;;***
1508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (16213 43273))
1509 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1511 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1513 ;;;***
1515 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (16213
1516 ;;;;;; 43281))
1517 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1519 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1520 Play blackbox.
1521 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1523 What is blackbox?
1525 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1526 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1527 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1528 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1529 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1530 your score.
1532 Overview of play:
1534 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1535 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1536 four.
1538 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1539 movement keys.
1541 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1542 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1544 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1545 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1547 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1548 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1549 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1550 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1551 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1552 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1554 Details:
1556 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1558 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1559 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1560 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1561 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1563 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1564 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1565 denoted by the letter `R'.
1567 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1568 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1569 denoted by the letter `H'.
1571 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1572 example.
1574 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1575 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1576 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1577 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1578 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1579 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1580 ray.
1582 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1583 degree deflection it causes.
1586 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1587 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1588 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1589 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1590 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1591 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1592 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1593 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1596 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1597 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1600 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1601 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1602 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1603 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1604 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1605 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1606 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1607 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1609 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1610 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1611 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1612 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1613 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1614 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1615 emerging from the box.
1617 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1619 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1620 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1621 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1622 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1623 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1624 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1625 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1626 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1628 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1629 a reflection.
1631 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1633 ;;;***
1635 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1636 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1637 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1638 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (16213 43267))
1639 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1640 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1641 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1642 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1644 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1645 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1646 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1647 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1648 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1649 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1650 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1651 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1652 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1653 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1654 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1655 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1656 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1657 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1658 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1659 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1660 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
1661 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
1662 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
1664 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1665 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1666 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1667 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1668 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1669 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1670 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1671 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1672 recent one.
1674 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1675 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1676 yank successive words.
1678 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1679 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1680 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1681 name of the file being visited.
1683 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1684 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1685 the list of bookmarks.)
1687 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1689 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1690 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1691 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1692 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1693 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1694 this.
1696 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1697 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1698 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1699 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1701 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1703 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1704 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1705 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1706 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1707 after a bookmark was set in it.
1709 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1711 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1712 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1713 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1714 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1716 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
1718 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1720 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1721 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1722 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1723 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1725 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1726 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1727 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1729 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1730 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1731 name.
1733 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
1735 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1736 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1737 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1738 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1739 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1740 this.
1742 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1744 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1745 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1746 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1747 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1748 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1749 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1750 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1751 probably because we were called from there.
1753 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
1755 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1756 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1757 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
1759 \(fn)" t nil)
1761 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1762 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1763 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1764 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1765 \(second argument).
1767 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1768 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1769 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1770 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1771 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1773 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1774 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1775 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1776 `bookmark-default-file'.
1778 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
1780 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1781 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1782 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1783 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1784 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1785 while loading.
1787 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1788 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1789 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1790 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1791 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1792 explicitly.
1794 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1795 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1796 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1797 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
1799 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
1801 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1802 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1803 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1804 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1805 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
1807 \(fn)" t nil)
1809 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1811 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1813 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-jump))) map))
1815 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
1817 ;;;***
1819 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1820 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1821 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1822 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1823 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1824 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1825 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1826 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
1827 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (16213 43280))
1828 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1830 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
1831 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1832 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1833 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1835 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1836 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1837 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1838 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1839 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1841 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
1843 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1844 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1845 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1846 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1847 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1848 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
1850 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
1852 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1853 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1854 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1855 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1856 narrowed.
1858 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
1860 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1861 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
1863 \(fn)" t nil)
1865 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1866 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
1868 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
1870 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1871 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1872 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1873 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1875 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
1877 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1878 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1879 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1880 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1884 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1885 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1886 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1887 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1888 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1889 to use.
1891 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1893 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1894 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1895 Default to the URL around or before point.
1897 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1898 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1899 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1900 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1902 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1903 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1905 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
1906 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3.
1908 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
1910 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1911 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1912 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1913 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1915 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1916 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1917 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1918 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1920 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1921 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1923 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1925 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
1926 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
1927 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1928 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
1930 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1931 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
1932 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1933 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1935 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1936 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1937 new tab in an existing window instead.
1939 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1940 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1942 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1944 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
1945 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
1946 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1947 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
1949 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1950 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
1951 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1952 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1954 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1955 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1956 new tab in an existing window instead.
1958 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1959 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1961 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1963 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1964 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1965 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1966 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1968 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1969 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1970 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1971 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1973 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1974 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1976 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1978 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1979 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1981 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1982 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1983 program is invoked according to the variable
1984 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1986 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1987 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1988 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1989 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1991 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1992 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1994 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1996 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1997 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1998 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1999 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2001 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2003 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2004 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2005 Default to the URL around or before point.
2007 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2008 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2009 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2011 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2012 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2013 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2014 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2016 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2017 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2019 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2021 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2022 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2023 Default to the URL around or before point.
2025 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2027 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2028 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2029 Default to the URL around or before point.
2031 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2032 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2033 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2035 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2036 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2038 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2040 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2041 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2042 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2043 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2045 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2047 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2048 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2049 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2050 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2051 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2053 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2055 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2056 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2057 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2058 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2060 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2061 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2062 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2063 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2065 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2066 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2068 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2070 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2071 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2072 Default to the URL around or before point.
2074 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2076 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2077 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
2078 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2079 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2080 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2081 current one.
2083 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2084 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2085 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2086 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2088 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2089 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2091 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2093 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2094 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2095 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2096 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2097 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2098 don't offer a form of remote control.
2100 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2102 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2103 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2104 Default to the URL around or before point.
2106 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2108 ;;;***
2110 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (16213
2111 ;;;;;; 43281))
2112 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2114 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2115 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2117 \(fn)" t nil)
2119 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2120 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2122 \(fn)" nil nil)
2124 ;;;***
2126 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2127 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (16213 43267))
2128 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2130 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2131 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2132 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2133 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2135 \(fn)" t nil)
2137 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2138 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2139 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2140 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2142 \(fn)" t nil)
2144 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2145 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2147 \(fn)" t nil)
2149 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2150 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2151 \\<bs-mode-map>
2152 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2153 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2154 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2155 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2157 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2158 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2159 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2160 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2161 name of buffer configuration.
2163 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2165 ;;;***
2167 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2168 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (16213
2169 ;;;;;; 43267))
2170 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2172 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2173 Keymap used by buttons.")
2175 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2176 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2177 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2179 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2180 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2181 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2182 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2183 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2184 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2186 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2187 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2188 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2189 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2191 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2193 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2194 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2195 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2196 specifying properties to add to the button.
2197 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2198 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2199 `define-button-type'.
2201 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2203 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2205 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2206 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2207 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2208 specifying properties to add to the button.
2209 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2210 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2211 `define-button-type'.
2213 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2215 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2217 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2218 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2219 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2220 specifying properties to add to the button.
2221 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2222 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2223 `define-button-type'.
2225 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2226 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2227 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2228 `make-text-button'.
2230 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2232 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2234 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2235 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2236 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2237 specifying properties to add to the button.
2238 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2239 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2240 `define-button-type'.
2242 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2243 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2244 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2245 `insert-text-button'.
2247 Also see `make-text-button'.
2249 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2251 ;;;***
2253 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2254 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2255 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2256 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2257 ;;;;;; (16239 25257))
2258 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2260 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2261 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2262 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2264 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2266 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2267 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2268 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2269 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2271 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2272 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2273 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2274 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2275 whether to compile it.
2277 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2279 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2280 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2282 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2284 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2285 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2286 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2287 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2288 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2290 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2292 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2293 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2294 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2295 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2299 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2300 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2301 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2303 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2305 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2306 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2307 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2308 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2309 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2310 all functions called by those functions.
2312 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2313 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2314 cons, etc.).
2316 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2317 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2318 invoked interactively.
2320 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2322 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2323 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2324 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2325 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2327 \(fn)" nil nil)
2329 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2330 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2331 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2332 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2333 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2334 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2335 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2336 already up-to-date.
2338 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2340 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2341 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2342 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2343 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2345 \(fn)" nil nil)
2347 ;;;***
2349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (16213 43272))
2350 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2352 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2354 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2356 ;;;***
2358 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2359 ;;;;;; (16213 43272))
2360 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2362 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2363 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2364 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2365 from the cursor position.
2367 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2369 ;;;***
2371 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2372 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2373 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (16213
2374 ;;;;;; 43272))
2375 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2377 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\
2378 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.")
2380 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2381 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2383 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\
2384 Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be
2385 loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\".
2386 If nil, use original installation directory.
2387 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.")
2389 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\
2390 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.")
2392 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\
2393 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2395 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\
2396 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2397 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2399 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2400 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2404 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2405 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2407 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2409 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2410 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2412 \(fn)" t nil)
2414 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2415 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2417 \(fn)" t nil)
2419 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2420 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2421 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2422 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2424 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2426 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2427 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2428 This is most useful in the X window system.
2429 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2430 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2432 \(fn)" t nil)
2434 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2435 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2436 See calc-keypad for details.
2438 \(fn)" t nil)
2440 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2441 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2443 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2445 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2446 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2448 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2450 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2451 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2453 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2455 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2456 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2457 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2459 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2461 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2462 Not documented
2464 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2466 ;;;***
2468 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el"
2469 ;;;;;; (16213 43272))
2470 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
2472 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\
2473 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc.
2475 \(fn)" nil nil)
2477 ;;;***
2479 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (16213
2480 ;;;;;; 43267))
2481 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2483 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2484 Run the Emacs calculator.
2485 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2487 \(fn)" t nil)
2489 ;;;***
2491 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2492 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2493 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2494 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2495 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2496 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2497 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2498 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2499 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2500 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2501 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2502 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2503 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2504 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2505 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2506 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2507 ;;;;;; (16213 43272))
2508 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2510 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2511 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2512 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2514 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
2516 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2517 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2518 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2519 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2520 the screen.")
2522 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2524 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2525 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2526 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2527 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2528 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2530 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2532 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2533 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2534 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2535 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2536 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2537 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2538 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2540 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2541 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2542 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2543 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2544 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2546 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2547 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2548 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2550 (custom-autoload (quote number-of-diary-entries) "calendar")
2552 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2553 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2554 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2556 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2558 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2559 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2560 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2562 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2564 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2565 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2566 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2567 displayed.")
2569 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2571 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2572 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2573 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2575 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2577 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2578 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2579 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2581 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2583 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2585 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2586 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2587 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2589 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2590 calendar.")
2592 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2594 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2595 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2596 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2598 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2599 calendar.")
2601 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2603 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2604 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2605 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2607 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2609 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2610 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2611 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2612 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2613 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2615 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2617 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2618 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2619 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2620 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2621 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2622 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2623 a function is also provided for this:
2624 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2626 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2627 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2628 date is not visible in the window.
2630 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2631 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2632 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2634 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2636 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2637 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2639 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2640 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2641 date is visible in the window.
2643 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2644 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2645 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2647 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2649 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2650 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2652 For example,
2654 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2656 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2658 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2660 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2661 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2663 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
2664 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
2666 MONTH/DAY
2667 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2668 MONTHNAME DAY
2669 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2670 DAYNAME
2672 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
2673 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
2674 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
2675 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
2676 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
2677 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
2678 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
2679 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
2680 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
2681 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
2682 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
2683 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
2684 in every week.
2686 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
2687 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
2688 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
2689 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
2691 DAY/MONTH
2692 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2693 DAY MONTHNAME
2694 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2695 DAYNAME
2697 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2698 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2700 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2701 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2702 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2703 window but will appear in a diary window.
2705 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2706 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2708 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2709 entries (in the default American style):
2711 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2712 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2713 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2714 21: Payday
2715 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2716 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2717 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2718 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2719 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2720 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2721 &* 15 time cards due.
2723 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2724 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2725 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2726 single diary entry
2728 02/11/1989
2729 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2730 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2731 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2732 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2733 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2734 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2736 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2737 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2738 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2740 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2742 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2744 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2745 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2746 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2747 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2748 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2749 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2750 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2751 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2752 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2754 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2755 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2756 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2757 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2758 for these functions for details.
2760 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2761 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2763 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
2765 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2766 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2768 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
2770 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2771 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2773 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2775 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2776 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2778 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2780 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2781 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2782 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2784 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
2786 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2787 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2788 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2790 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2792 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2793 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2794 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2795 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2797 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
2799 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2800 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2801 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2802 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
2805 DAY/MONTH
2806 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2807 DAY MONTHNAME
2808 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2809 DAYNAME
2811 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
2812 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
2813 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.")
2815 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
2817 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2818 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2819 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2821 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2823 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2824 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2825 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2827 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2829 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2830 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2831 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2833 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2835 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2836 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2837 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2839 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2841 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2842 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2843 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2844 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2845 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2846 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2848 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2850 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2851 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2852 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2854 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2855 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2856 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2857 of the form
2859 #include \"filename\"
2861 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2862 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2863 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2864 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2865 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2867 For example, you could use
2869 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2870 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2871 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2873 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2874 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2875 lexicographic order.")
2877 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2879 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2880 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2881 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2883 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
2885 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2886 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2887 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2888 diary display.
2890 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2891 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2892 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2893 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2894 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2895 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2896 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2898 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2899 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2900 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2901 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2902 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2903 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2904 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2905 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2907 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
2909 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2910 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2911 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2912 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2913 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2914 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2916 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
2918 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2919 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2921 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2922 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2923 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2924 of the form
2925 #include \"filename\"
2926 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2927 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2928 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2929 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2930 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2932 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2934 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2935 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2936 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2937 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2938 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2939 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2941 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
2943 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2944 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2945 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2946 are holidays.")
2948 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
2950 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2951 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2952 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2953 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2954 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2956 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
2958 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2960 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2961 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2962 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2964 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
2966 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2968 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2969 *Oriental holidays.
2970 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2972 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
2974 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2976 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2977 *Local holidays.
2978 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2980 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
2982 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2984 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2985 *User defined holidays.
2986 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2988 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
2990 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2992 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2994 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2996 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2998 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3000 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3002 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3004 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3006 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3008 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3009 *Jewish holidays.
3010 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3012 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3014 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3016 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3017 *Christian holidays.
3018 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3020 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3022 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3024 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3025 *Islamic holidays.
3026 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3028 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3030 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3032 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3033 *Sun-related holidays.
3034 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3036 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3038 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3040 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3041 The frame set up of the calendar.
3042 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3043 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3044 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3045 any other value the current frame is used.")
3047 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3048 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3049 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3051 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3052 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3054 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3056 ;;;***
3058 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3059 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3060 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
3061 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3063 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3064 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3065 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3066 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3067 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3068 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3069 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3071 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3073 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3074 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3075 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3076 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3077 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3078 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3079 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3080 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3082 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3083 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3084 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3085 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3086 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3087 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3089 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3091 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3092 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3094 Key bindings:
3095 \\{c-mode-map}
3097 \(fn)" t nil)
3099 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3100 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3102 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3103 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3104 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3105 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3106 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3107 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3108 message.
3110 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3112 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3113 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3115 Key bindings:
3116 \\{c++-mode-map}
3118 \(fn)" t nil)
3120 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3121 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3122 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3124 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3125 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3126 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3127 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3128 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3129 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3130 message.
3132 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3134 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3135 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3137 Key bindings:
3138 \\{objc-mode-map}
3140 \(fn)" t nil)
3142 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3143 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3144 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3146 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3147 Major mode for editing Java code.
3148 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3149 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3150 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3151 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3152 message.
3154 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3156 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3157 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3159 Key bindings:
3160 \\{java-mode-map}
3162 \(fn)" t nil)
3164 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3165 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3166 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3168 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3169 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3170 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3171 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3172 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3173 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3174 message.
3176 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3178 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3179 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3181 Key bindings:
3182 \\{idl-mode-map}
3184 \(fn)" t nil)
3186 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3187 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3188 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3189 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3191 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3192 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3193 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3194 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3195 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3196 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3197 message.
3199 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3201 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3202 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3204 Key bindings:
3205 \\{pike-mode-map}
3207 \(fn)" t nil)
3208 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3209 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3210 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3211 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3212 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3213 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code.")
3215 ;;;***
3217 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3218 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (16242 40141))
3219 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3221 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3222 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
3223 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
3224 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
3225 for details of setting up styles.
3227 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
3228 style name.
3230 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
3231 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
3232 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
3233 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
3234 will be reassigned.
3236 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
3237 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
3238 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
3239 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
3240 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
3241 default).
3243 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
3244 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
3245 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
3246 when used elsewhere.
3248 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3250 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3251 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3252 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3253 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3255 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3257 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3258 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3259 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3261 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3263 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3264 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3265 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3266 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3267 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3269 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3271 ;;;***
3273 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3274 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3275 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
3276 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3278 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3279 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3281 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3283 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3284 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3286 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3288 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3289 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3291 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3292 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3293 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3294 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3295 execution.
3297 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3299 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3301 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3302 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3304 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3305 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3306 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3307 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3309 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3310 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3311 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3312 `write' commands.
3314 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3315 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3316 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3317 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3319 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3320 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3321 semantics.
3323 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3325 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3327 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3329 STATEMENT :=
3330 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3331 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3333 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3334 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3335 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3336 | integer
3338 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3340 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3341 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3342 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3344 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3345 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3346 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3348 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3349 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3351 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3352 BREAK := (break)
3354 REPEAT :=
3355 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3356 (repeat)
3357 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3358 ;; (repeat))
3359 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3360 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3361 ;; (read REG)
3362 ;; (repeat))
3363 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3364 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3365 ;; (read REG)
3366 ;; (repeat))
3367 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3369 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3370 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3371 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3372 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3373 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3374 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3375 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3376 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3377 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3378 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3379 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3380 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3381 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3382 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3383 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3384 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3386 WRITE :=
3387 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3388 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3389 ;; representation.
3390 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3391 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3392 ;; (write r7))
3393 | (write EXPRESSION)
3394 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3395 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3396 ;; representation.
3397 | (write integer)
3398 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3399 ;; buffer.
3400 | (write string)
3401 ;; Same as: (write string)
3402 | string
3403 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3404 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3405 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3406 ;; representation.
3407 | (write REG ARRAY)
3408 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3409 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3410 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3411 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3412 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3413 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3415 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3416 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3418 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3419 END := (end)
3421 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3422 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3423 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3425 ARG := REG | integer
3427 OPERATOR :=
3428 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3429 + | - | * | / | %
3431 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3432 | & | `|' | ^
3434 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3435 | << | >>
3437 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3438 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3439 | <8
3441 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3442 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3443 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3444 | >8
3446 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3447 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3448 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3449 | //
3451 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3452 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3454 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3455 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3456 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3457 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3458 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3459 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3460 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3461 | de-sjis
3463 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3464 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3465 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3466 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3467 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3468 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3469 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3470 ;; byte of SJIS.
3471 | en-sjis
3473 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3474 ;; Same meaning as C code
3475 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3477 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3478 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3479 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3480 | <8=
3482 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3483 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3484 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3486 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3487 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3488 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3489 | //=
3491 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3494 TRANSLATE :=
3495 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3496 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3497 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3498 LOOKUP :=
3499 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3500 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3501 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3502 MAP :=
3503 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3504 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3505 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3506 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3507 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3508 MAP-ID := integer
3510 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3512 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3513 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3514 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3515 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3516 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3517 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3519 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3521 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3522 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3523 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3525 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3527 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3529 ;;;***
3531 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3532 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3533 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3534 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3535 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3536 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3537 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3538 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3539 ;;;;;; (16213 43272))
3540 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3542 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3543 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3544 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3545 the users will view as each check is completed.
3547 \(fn)" t nil)
3549 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3550 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3551 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3552 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3553 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3554 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3555 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3556 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3558 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3560 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3561 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3562 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3563 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3564 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3565 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3566 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3567 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3569 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3571 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3572 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3573 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3574 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3575 spacing are all verified.
3577 \(fn)" t nil)
3579 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3580 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3581 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3582 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3583 otherwise stop after the first error.
3585 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3587 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3588 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3589 Only documentation strings are checked.
3590 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3591 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3592 a separate buffer.
3594 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3596 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3597 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3598 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3599 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3600 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3602 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3604 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3605 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3606 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3607 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3608 if there is one.
3610 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3612 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3613 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3614 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3615 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3616 if there is one.
3617 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3619 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3621 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3622 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3623 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3625 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3627 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3628 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3629 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3630 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3631 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3633 \(fn)" t nil)
3635 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3636 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3637 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3638 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3639 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3640 space at the end of each line.
3642 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3644 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3645 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3646 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3647 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3649 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3651 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3652 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3653 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3654 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3656 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3658 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3659 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3660 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3661 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3663 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3665 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3666 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3667 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3668 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3670 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3672 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3673 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3674 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3675 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3677 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3679 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3680 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3681 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3682 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3684 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3686 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3687 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3688 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3689 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3691 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3693 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3694 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3695 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3696 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3698 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3700 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3701 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3702 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3703 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3705 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3707 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3708 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3709 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3711 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3712 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3713 checking of documentation strings.
3715 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3719 ;;;***
3721 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3722 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (16213
3723 ;;;;;; 43280))
3724 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3726 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3727 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3728 Return the length of resulting text.
3730 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3732 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3733 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3735 \(fn)" t nil)
3737 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3738 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3739 Return the length of resulting text.
3741 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3743 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3744 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3746 \(fn)" t nil)
3748 ;;;***
3750 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3751 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (16213 43267))
3752 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3754 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3755 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3756 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3757 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3758 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3759 editing and the result is evaluated.
3761 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3763 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3764 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3765 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3766 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3767 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3769 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3771 \(fn)" t nil)
3773 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3774 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3775 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3776 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3777 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3779 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3780 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3781 \\{command-history-map}
3783 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3784 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3786 \(fn)" t nil)
3788 ;;;***
3790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (16213 43272))
3791 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3793 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3794 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3795 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3796 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3797 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3798 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3800 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3801 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3803 ;;;***
3805 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3806 ;;;;;; (16213 43272))
3807 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3809 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
3810 Not documented
3812 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3814 ;;;***
3816 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3817 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
3818 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3820 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3821 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3822 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3823 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3825 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3826 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3827 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3829 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3830 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3832 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3834 ;;;***
3836 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (16213
3837 ;;;;;; 43267))
3838 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3840 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3841 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3842 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3843 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3844 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3845 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3846 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3848 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3849 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3851 ;;;***
3853 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3854 ;;;;;; (16216 22162))
3855 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
3857 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
3858 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
3859 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
3860 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
3861 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
3862 ?* is used.
3863 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
3865 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
3867 ;;;***
3869 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3870 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3871 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (16216 22162))
3872 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3874 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3875 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3876 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3877 ASCII table.
3879 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3880 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3881 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3882 decoder and encoder created by this function.
3884 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
3886 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3887 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3888 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3890 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3892 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3893 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3894 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3896 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3898 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3899 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3900 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
3902 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
3904 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3905 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3907 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3908 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3909 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3911 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3912 is a vector, and has a charset property.
3914 \(fn)" nil nil)
3916 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3917 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3919 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3920 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3921 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
3923 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
3925 ;;;***
3927 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3928 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3929 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3930 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
3931 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3933 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3934 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3935 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3936 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3937 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3938 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3939 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3940 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3942 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3944 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3946 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3947 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3948 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3949 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3950 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3951 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3952 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3953 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3955 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3957 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3959 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3960 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3961 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3962 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3963 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3964 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3966 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3968 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3969 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3970 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3972 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3974 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3976 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3977 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3978 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3980 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3982 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3984 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3985 Send COMMAND to current process.
3986 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3987 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3989 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3991 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3992 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3993 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3994 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3996 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3998 ;;;***
4000 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (16213
4001 ;;;;;; 43267))
4002 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4004 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4005 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4006 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4007 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4009 This command pushes the mark in each window
4010 at the prior location of point in that window.
4011 If both windows display the same buffer,
4012 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4013 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4015 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
4016 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4017 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored.
4019 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4021 ;;;***
4023 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
4024 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-tree grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
4025 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4026 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (16239 25259))
4027 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4029 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4030 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
4032 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4034 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4035 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4037 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4039 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4040 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4041 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
4042 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4043 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4045 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4046 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4047 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4048 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4049 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4051 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4052 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4053 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4054 describing how the process finished.")
4056 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4057 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4058 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4059 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4061 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4062 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4063 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4065 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4067 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4068 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4069 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4070 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4072 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4074 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4075 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4076 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4077 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4079 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4080 and move to the source code that caused it.
4082 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4083 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4085 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4086 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4087 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4088 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4089 subprocesses.
4091 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4092 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4093 to a function that generates a unique name.
4095 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
4097 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
4098 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
4099 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
4100 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
4101 where grep found matches.
4103 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
4104 easily repeat a grep command.
4106 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
4107 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
4108 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
4109 if that history list is empty).
4111 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4113 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
4114 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
4115 Collect output in a buffer.
4116 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4117 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4119 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4120 easily repeat a find command.
4122 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4124 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "compile" "\
4125 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
4126 Collect output in a buffer.
4127 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
4128 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
4129 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
4130 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
4131 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
4133 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4134 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4136 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4137 easily repeat a find command.
4139 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
4140 those sub directories of DIR.
4142 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
4144 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4145 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4146 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4147 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4148 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4150 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see).
4152 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4154 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4155 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4156 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4157 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4158 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4159 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4160 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4164 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4165 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4166 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4167 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4168 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4169 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4173 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
4174 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
4176 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
4177 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
4179 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
4180 negative means move back to previous error messages.
4181 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
4182 and start at the first error.
4184 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
4185 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
4186 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
4187 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
4188 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
4189 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
4191 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
4192 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
4193 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
4195 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
4196 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas.
4198 \(fn &optional ARGP)" t nil)
4199 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
4201 ;;;***
4203 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4204 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
4205 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4207 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4208 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4209 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4210 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4211 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4213 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4215 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4216 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4217 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4219 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4220 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4221 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4222 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4224 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4225 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4226 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4227 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4229 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4230 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4231 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4232 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4236 ;;;***
4238 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4239 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
4240 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4242 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4243 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4245 \(fn)" t nil)
4247 ;;;***
4249 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4250 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4251 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
4252 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
4253 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4255 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4256 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4257 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4258 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4259 `make-composition'.
4261 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4263 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4264 | | 1:tc or top-center
4265 | | 2:tr or top-right
4266 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4267 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4268 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4269 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4270 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4271 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4273 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4274 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4275 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4276 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4277 be added.
4279 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4280 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4281 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4283 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4284 | | |
4285 | global| |
4286 | glyph | |
4287 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4288 +----+--*--+
4289 | | new |
4290 | |glyph|
4291 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4294 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4295 Compose characters in the current region.
4297 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4298 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4300 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4302 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4303 specifying the region.
4305 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4306 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4307 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4309 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4310 of the text in the region.
4312 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4314 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4315 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4316 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4317 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4319 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4320 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4321 detail.
4323 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4324 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4325 text in the composition.
4327 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4329 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4330 Decompose text in the current region.
4332 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4333 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4335 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4337 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4338 Compose characters in string STRING.
4340 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4341 the characters in it.
4343 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4344 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
4345 STRING respectively.
4347 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4348 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4349 `compose-region' for more detail.
4351 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4352 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4353 text in the composition.
4355 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4357 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4358 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4360 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4362 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4363 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4364 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4365 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4366 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4367 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4368 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4369 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4371 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4373 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4374 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4376 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4377 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4379 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4380 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4382 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4383 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4385 If no composition is found, return nil.
4387 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4388 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4390 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4391 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4392 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4394 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4396 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4398 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4399 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4400 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4402 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4404 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4406 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4408 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4409 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4411 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4412 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4413 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4414 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4415 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4416 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4417 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4418 nil.
4420 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4422 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4423 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4425 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4427 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4428 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4430 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4432 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4434 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4435 Compose last characters.
4436 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4437 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4438 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4439 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4440 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4441 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4442 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4443 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4444 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4445 after a sequence character events.
4447 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
4448 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4450 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4451 Convert CHAR to string.
4453 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4454 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4455 vector of CHAR respectively.
4456 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4458 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4460 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4462 ;;;***
4464 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4465 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (16213 43281))
4466 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4468 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
4469 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4470 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4471 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4473 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4475 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
4476 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4477 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4478 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4480 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4482 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
4483 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4484 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4485 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4487 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4489 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
4490 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4492 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4494 ;;;***
4496 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
4497 ;;;;;; (16213 43272))
4498 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4500 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
4501 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4502 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4503 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4504 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4505 following the copyright are updated as well.
4506 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4507 interactively.
4509 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4511 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
4512 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4514 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4516 ;;;***
4518 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
4519 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
4520 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4522 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
4523 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4524 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4525 Tab indents for Perl code.
4526 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4527 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4529 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4530 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4531 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4532 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4533 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4534 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4535 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4536 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4537 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4538 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4539 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4540 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4542 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4544 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4545 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4547 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4549 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4550 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4551 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4552 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4553 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4554 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4555 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4556 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4557 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4559 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4561 bite if angry;
4563 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4564 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4565 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4566 to nil.)
4568 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4569 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4570 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4572 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4574 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4575 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4576 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4577 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4578 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4580 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4582 if (A) { B }
4584 into
4586 B if A;
4588 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4590 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4591 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4592 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4593 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4594 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4595 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4596 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4597 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4598 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4599 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4600 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4601 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4602 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4604 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4605 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4606 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4607 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4608 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4609 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4611 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4612 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4613 man via menu.
4615 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4616 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4617 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4618 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4619 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4621 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4622 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4623 span the needed amount of lines.
4625 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4626 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4627 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4628 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4630 Variables controlling indentation style:
4631 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4632 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4633 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4634 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4635 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4636 `cperl-auto-newline'
4637 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4638 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4639 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4640 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4641 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4642 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4643 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4644 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4645 `cperl-indent-level'
4646 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4647 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4648 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4649 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4650 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4651 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4652 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4653 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4654 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4655 `cperl-brace-offset'
4656 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4657 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4658 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4659 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4660 `cperl-label-offset'
4661 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4662 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4663 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4665 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4666 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4667 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4668 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4669 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4671 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4672 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4673 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4674 \(both available from menu).
4676 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4677 column 0 is indented on
4678 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4680 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4681 with no args.
4683 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4684 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4685 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4687 \(fn)" t nil)
4689 ;;;***
4691 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4692 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
4693 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4695 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4696 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4697 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4698 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4699 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4701 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4703 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4704 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4706 \(fn)" t nil)
4708 ;;;***
4710 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4711 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
4712 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4714 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4715 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4716 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4717 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4719 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4720 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4722 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
4724 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4725 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4726 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4730 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4732 ;;;***
4734 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4735 ;;;;;; (16213 43272))
4736 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4738 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4739 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4740 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4741 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4743 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4744 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4745 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4746 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4748 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4749 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4750 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4752 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4753 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4754 'bob', and 'eve'.
4756 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4757 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4758 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4760 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4762 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4763 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4764 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4766 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4768 ;;;***
4770 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (16213
4771 ;;;;;; 43273))
4772 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4774 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4775 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4776 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4777 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4778 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
4780 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
4782 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
4783 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4784 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and
4785 highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces
4786 the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and
4787 paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings).
4789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4790 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
4791 '(error (concat "\n\n"
4792 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n"
4793 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n"
4794 "Your " (file-name-nondirectory user-init-file) " loads an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
4795 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n"
4796 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
4797 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))
4799 ;;;***
4801 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4802 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4803 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4804 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4805 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
4806 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4807 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4808 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4809 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (16213 43267))
4810 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4811 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4813 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4814 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4816 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4817 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4819 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4820 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4822 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4824 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4826 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4827 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4828 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4830 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4831 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4833 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4834 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4836 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4837 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4839 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4840 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4842 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4844 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4846 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4847 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4848 Return VALUE.
4850 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4851 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4853 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4854 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4856 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4857 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4859 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4860 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4862 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4864 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4866 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4867 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4868 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4869 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4870 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4872 \(fn)" t nil)
4874 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
4875 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4876 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4877 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4879 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4881 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4882 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4884 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
4886 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4887 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4889 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
4891 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4893 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4894 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4896 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4898 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4900 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4901 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4902 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4904 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4906 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4907 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4908 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4909 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
4910 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4912 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
4913 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
4914 version.
4916 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4918 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4919 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4920 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces.
4922 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4923 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
4925 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4927 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4928 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window.
4930 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4931 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
4933 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4935 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4936 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
4938 \(fn)" t nil)
4940 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
4941 Customize all user variable modified outside customize.
4943 \(fn)" t nil)
4945 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4946 Customize all already saved user options.
4948 \(fn)" t nil)
4950 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4951 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4952 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4953 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4954 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4955 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4956 user-settable, as well as faces and groups.
4958 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
4960 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4961 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4962 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable.
4964 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
4966 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4967 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP.
4969 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
4971 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4972 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP.
4974 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
4976 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4977 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4978 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4979 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4980 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4981 that option.
4983 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
4985 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4986 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4987 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4988 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4989 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4990 that option.
4992 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
4994 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4995 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
4997 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4999 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5000 File used for storing customization information.
5001 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5002 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
5003 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
5005 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
5006 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
5007 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
5008 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
5010 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5012 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5013 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5015 \(fn)" t nil)
5017 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5018 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5020 \(fn)" nil nil)
5022 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5023 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5024 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5026 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5028 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5029 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5030 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5031 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5032 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5034 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5036 ;;;***
5038 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-theme-face-value
5039 ;;;;;; custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el"
5040 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
5041 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5043 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5044 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5046 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5048 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5049 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5050 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5051 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5053 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5055 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5056 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5057 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5058 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5059 between themes and faces.
5060 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5062 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5063 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5065 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5067 (autoload (quote custom-theme-face-value) "cus-face" "\
5068 Return spec of FACE in THEME if THEME modifies FACE.
5069 Value is nil otherwise. The association between theme and spec for FACE
5070 is stored in FACE's property `theme-face'. The appropriate face
5071 is retrieved using `custom-theme-value'.
5073 \(fn FACE THEME)" nil nil)
5075 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5076 Reset the value of the face to values previously defined.
5077 Associate this setting with THEME.
5079 ARGS is a list of lists of the form
5081 (FACE TO-THEME)
5083 This means reset FACE to its value in TO-THEME.
5085 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5087 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5088 Reset the value of the face to values previously saved.
5089 This is the setting assosiated the `user' theme.
5091 ARGS is defined as for `custom-theme-reset-faces'
5093 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5095 ;;;***
5097 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5098 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
5099 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5101 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5102 Create a custom theme.
5104 \(fn)" t nil)
5106 ;;;***
5108 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5109 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
5110 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5112 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5113 Mode used for cvs status output.
5115 \(fn)" t nil)
5117 ;;;***
5119 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5120 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (16213 43281))
5121 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5123 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5124 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5126 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5127 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5128 C++ modes are included.
5130 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5132 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5134 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5135 Turn on CWarn mode.
5137 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5138 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5140 \(fn)" nil nil)
5142 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5143 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5144 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5145 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5146 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5148 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5150 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5151 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5152 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5153 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5154 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5158 ;;;***
5160 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5161 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5162 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
5163 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5165 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5166 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5168 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5170 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5171 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5173 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5175 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5176 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5177 For readability, the table is slightly
5178 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5180 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5181 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5182 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5183 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5184 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5186 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5188 ;;;***
5190 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5191 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
5192 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5193 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5194 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5196 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5197 Completion on current word.
5198 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5199 and presents suggestions for completion.
5201 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5202 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5203 completions.
5205 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5206 then it searches *all* buffers.
5208 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
5209 if there is a suitable one already.
5211 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5213 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5214 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5216 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5217 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5218 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5219 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5220 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5222 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5223 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5225 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5226 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5227 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5229 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5230 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5232 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5234 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5236 ;;;***
5238 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (16213
5239 ;;;;;; 43281))
5240 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5242 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5243 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5245 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5246 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5247 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5249 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5250 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5251 Data lines are not indented.
5253 Key bindings:
5255 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5256 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5258 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5259 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5260 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5261 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5263 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5265 dcl-basic-offset
5266 Extra indentation within blocks.
5268 dcl-continuation-offset
5269 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5271 dcl-margin-offset
5272 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5274 dcl-margin-label-offset
5275 Indentation for a label.
5277 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5278 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5280 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5281 dcl-block-end-regexp
5282 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5283 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5284 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5285 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5286 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5288 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5289 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5290 Two such functions are included in the package:
5291 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5292 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5294 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5295 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5296 One such function is included in the package:
5297 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5299 dcl-tab-always-indent
5300 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5301 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5302 margin.
5304 dcl-electric-characters
5305 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5306 typed.
5308 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5309 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5310 which words trigger electric indentation.
5312 dcl-tempo-comma
5313 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5314 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5315 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5317 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5318 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5319 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5320 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5322 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5323 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5324 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5325 dcl-imenu-label-call
5326 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5328 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5329 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5330 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5331 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5334 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5336 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5337 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5338 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5339 $ i = 1
5340 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5341 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5342 $ label:
5343 $ if i.eq.1
5344 $ then
5345 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5346 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5347 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5348 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5349 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5350 \"lined up with the command line\"
5351 $ type sys$input
5352 Data lines are not indented at all.
5353 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5354 $ endif
5358 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5359 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5361 \(fn)" t nil)
5363 ;;;***
5365 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5366 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (16213 43273))
5367 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5369 (setq debugger (quote debug))
5371 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5372 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5373 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5374 of the evaluator.
5376 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5377 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5378 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5380 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5382 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5383 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5384 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
5385 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
5386 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
5387 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5388 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5390 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5392 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5393 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5394 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions.
5396 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5398 ;;;***
5400 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5401 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
5402 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5404 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
5405 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5407 \(fn)" t nil)
5409 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
5410 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5411 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5412 Upper-case letters are commands.
5414 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5415 modify it.
5417 The most useful commands are:
5418 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5419 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5420 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5421 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5422 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5423 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5425 \(fn)" t nil)
5427 ;;;***
5429 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5430 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (16213
5431 ;;;;;; 43267))
5432 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5434 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
5435 Customization of `columns' group.
5437 \(fn)" t nil)
5439 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
5440 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5442 START and END delimits the text region.
5444 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5446 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
5447 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5449 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5451 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5453 ;;;***
5455 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (16213
5456 ;;;;;; 43281))
5457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5459 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
5460 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5461 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5462 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5463 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5464 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5466 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5468 Customization:
5470 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5471 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5472 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5473 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5474 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5475 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5476 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5477 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5478 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5479 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5480 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5481 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5482 blank line.
5483 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5484 Directories to search when finding external units.
5485 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5486 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5488 Coloring:
5490 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5491 Face used to color delphi comments.
5492 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5493 Face used to color delphi strings.
5494 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5495 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5496 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5497 Face used to color everything else.
5499 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5500 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5502 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5504 ;;;***
5506 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (16213
5507 ;;;;;; 43267))
5508 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5510 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
5512 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5513 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5514 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5515 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5516 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5518 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
5520 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
5521 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5522 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
5523 positive.
5525 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5526 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5527 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5528 any selection.
5530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5532 ;;;***
5534 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5535 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (16213 43273))
5536 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5538 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
5539 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5541 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5543 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5544 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5545 or nil if there is no parent.
5546 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5547 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5548 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5549 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5550 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5552 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5553 arguments are currently understood:
5554 :group GROUP
5555 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5556 :syntax-table TABLE
5557 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5558 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5559 :abbrev-table TABLE
5560 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5561 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5563 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5565 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5567 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5568 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5569 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5571 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5572 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5574 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5575 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5576 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5578 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5579 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5581 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5582 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5584 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5586 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
5587 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
5588 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5589 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5590 the first time the mode is used.
5592 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5594 ;;;***
5596 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5597 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (16247 63112))
5598 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5600 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
5601 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5602 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5603 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5604 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5605 otherwise.
5607 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5609 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
5610 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5611 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5612 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5613 character composition information (if relevant),
5614 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5616 \(fn POS)" t nil)
5618 ;;;***
5620 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5621 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5622 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (16250 35347))
5623 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5625 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5626 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5627 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5628 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5629 use either \\[customize] or the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5631 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop")
5633 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
5634 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5635 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5636 otherwise. See variable `desktop-save' for a description of when the
5637 desktop is saved.
5639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5641 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
5642 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5643 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5644 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5645 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5646 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5647 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5648 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5650 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5652 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
5653 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5654 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5656 \(fn)" nil nil)
5658 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
5659 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5660 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5661 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5662 directory DIRNAME.
5664 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5666 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
5667 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5669 \(fn)" t nil)
5671 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
5672 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5674 \(fn)" t nil)
5676 ;;;***
5678 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util"
5679 ;;;;;; "language/devan-util.el" (16233 29568))
5680 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
5682 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
5684 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
5685 Not documented
5687 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
5689 ;;;***
5691 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5692 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (16213 43272))
5693 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5695 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
5696 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5697 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5698 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
5699 execution in a `.emacs' file.
5701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5703 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
5704 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5705 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5706 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5708 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
5709 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
5710 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
5711 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
5713 #!/bin/sh
5714 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
5715 emacs -batch \\
5716 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
5717 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
5718 european-calendar-style t \\
5719 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
5720 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
5721 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
5723 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
5724 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
5725 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
5726 to run it every morning at 1am.
5728 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5730 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
5731 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5733 \(fn)" t nil)
5735 ;;;***
5737 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5738 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (16213 43267))
5739 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5741 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5742 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
5744 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
5746 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5747 *The command to use to run diff.")
5749 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
5751 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
5752 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5753 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
5754 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
5755 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5756 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5758 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5760 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
5761 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5762 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5763 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5764 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5766 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5768 ;;;***
5770 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
5771 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
5772 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
5774 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5775 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5776 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5777 normal diffs.
5778 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5779 IF you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5780 headers for you on-the-fly.
5782 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5783 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also revert the direction of
5784 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
5786 \(fn)" t nil)
5788 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5789 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5790 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
5792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5794 ;;;***
5796 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5797 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5798 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5799 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5800 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (16250 35347))
5801 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5803 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5804 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5805 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5806 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5807 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5808 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5809 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5810 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
5812 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
5814 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
5815 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
5817 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
5818 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
5819 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
5820 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
5821 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
5823 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
5824 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
5826 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
5827 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
5828 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
5829 always set this variable to t.")
5831 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
5833 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
5834 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
5835 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
5836 A value of t means move to first file.")
5838 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
5840 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
5841 *Controls marking of renamed files.
5842 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
5843 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
5844 are afterward marked with that character.")
5846 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
5848 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
5849 *Controls marking of copied files.
5850 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
5851 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5853 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
5855 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
5856 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
5857 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5858 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5860 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
5862 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
5863 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
5864 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5865 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5867 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
5869 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
5870 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
5871 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
5872 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
5874 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
5876 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
5878 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
5879 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
5880 \(This works on only some systems.)")
5882 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
5884 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
5885 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
5886 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
5887 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
5888 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
5889 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
5891 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
5892 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
5893 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
5894 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
5895 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
5896 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
5897 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
5898 list of files to make directory entries for.
5899 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
5900 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
5901 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
5902 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
5904 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
5906 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5907 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
5909 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
5910 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
5912 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5913 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
5915 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
5916 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
5918 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5920 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
5921 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
5923 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5924 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
5926 ;;;***
5928 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
5929 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
5930 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
5931 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
5932 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
5933 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5934 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5935 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5936 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5937 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5938 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5939 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
5940 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (16213 43267))
5941 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
5943 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5944 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
5945 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
5946 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
5947 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
5948 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
5949 which is options for `diff'.
5951 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5953 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5954 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5955 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5956 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5957 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5958 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
5960 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5962 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
5963 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5964 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
5966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5968 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
5969 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5971 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5973 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
5974 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5978 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
5979 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
5980 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
5981 `lpr-switches' as default.
5983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5985 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
5986 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
5987 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
5988 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
5989 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
5991 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
5992 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
5994 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
5995 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5996 file name substituted for `?'.
5998 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5999 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6001 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6002 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6003 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6004 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6006 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6008 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6009 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6010 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6012 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6013 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6014 in a subdir.
6016 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6017 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
6019 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6021 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
6022 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6023 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6024 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
6025 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
6026 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6028 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6030 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
6031 Not documented
6033 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6035 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
6036 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6040 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
6041 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6045 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
6046 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6050 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
6051 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6052 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6053 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6055 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6057 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
6058 Not documented
6060 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6062 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
6063 Not documented
6065 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6067 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
6068 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6070 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6072 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
6073 Not documented
6075 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6077 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
6078 Not documented
6080 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6082 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6083 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6085 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6087 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
6088 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6089 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6090 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6091 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6092 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6093 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6094 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6095 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6099 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
6100 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6101 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6102 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6103 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6104 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6105 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6106 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6110 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
6111 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6112 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6113 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6114 and new hard links are made in that directory
6115 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6116 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6117 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6121 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
6122 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6123 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6124 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6125 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6126 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6127 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6129 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6131 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6132 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6134 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6135 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6136 file if none are marked.
6138 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6139 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6140 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6141 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6143 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6144 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6146 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6148 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6149 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6150 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6152 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6154 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6155 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6156 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6158 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6160 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6161 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6162 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6164 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6166 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
6167 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6171 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
6172 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6176 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6177 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6178 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6179 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6180 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6181 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6182 this subdirectory.
6183 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6185 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6187 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6188 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6189 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6190 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6191 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6192 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6193 this subdirectory.
6194 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6196 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6198 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6199 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6200 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6202 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6204 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6205 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6206 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6207 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6209 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
6211 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
6212 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6213 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6214 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6216 \(fn)" t nil)
6218 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6219 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6220 Lower levels are unaffected.
6222 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6224 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
6225 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6227 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6229 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
6230 Go down in the dired tree.
6232 \(fn)" t nil)
6234 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6235 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6236 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6237 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6239 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6241 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
6242 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6243 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6244 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6246 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6248 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
6249 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6250 Stops when a match is found.
6251 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6253 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6255 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6256 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6257 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6258 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6259 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6261 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6263 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
6264 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6265 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6266 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6268 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6270 ;;;***
6272 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (16247 63112))
6273 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6275 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
6276 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6277 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6278 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6279 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6280 buffer and try again.
6282 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6284 ;;;***
6286 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (16213 43267))
6287 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6289 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
6290 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6291 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6293 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
6295 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6296 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
6298 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
6299 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
6301 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6303 ;;;***
6305 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (16213
6306 ;;;;;; 43273))
6307 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6309 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
6310 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6311 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6312 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6313 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6314 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6316 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6318 ;;;***
6320 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
6321 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
6322 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
6323 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
6324 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (16213 43267))
6325 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6327 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6328 Return a new, empty display table.
6330 \(fn)" nil nil)
6332 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6333 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6334 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6335 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6336 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6338 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6340 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6341 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6342 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6343 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6344 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6346 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6348 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6349 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6351 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6353 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6354 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6356 \(fn)" t nil)
6358 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
6359 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6361 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6363 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
6364 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6366 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6368 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
6369 Display character C using printable string S.
6371 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6373 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
6374 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6375 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6376 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6378 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6380 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
6381 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6382 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6383 X frame.
6385 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6387 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
6388 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6390 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6392 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
6393 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6395 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6397 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
6398 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6400 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6401 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6402 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6403 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6405 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6406 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6407 European character display.
6409 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6410 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6411 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6412 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6414 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6415 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6416 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6417 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6418 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6420 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6422 ;;;***
6424 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6425 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
6426 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6428 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
6429 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6430 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6431 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6432 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6433 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6434 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6435 Default is 2.
6437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6439 ;;;***
6441 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (16213 43281))
6442 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6444 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
6445 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6447 \(fn)" t nil)
6449 ;;;***
6451 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
6452 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
6453 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6455 (defvar double-mode nil "\
6456 Toggle Double mode.
6457 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6458 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
6460 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
6462 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
6463 Toggle Double mode.
6464 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
6466 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6467 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6469 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6471 ;;;***
6473 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (16213 43281))
6474 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6476 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
6477 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6479 \(fn)" t nil)
6481 ;;;***
6483 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6484 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
6485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6487 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
6488 Play sounds in message buffers.
6490 \(fn)" t nil)
6492 ;;;***
6494 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6495 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6496 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (16213 43273))
6497 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6499 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
6501 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6502 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6503 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6504 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
6506 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6507 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6508 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6509 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6510 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6511 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6512 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6513 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6514 used (see below).
6516 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
6517 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
6518 Before the actual body code, you can write
6519 keyword arguments (alternating keywords and values).
6520 These following keyword arguments are supported (other keywords
6521 will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6522 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6523 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6524 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6525 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6526 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6527 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6528 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6529 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6531 For example, you could write
6532 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6533 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6534 ...BODY CODE...)
6536 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6538 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6539 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
6540 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6541 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6542 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
6543 :group to specify the custom group.
6545 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6547 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
6548 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6549 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6550 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6551 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6552 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6553 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6555 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6557 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
6558 Not documented
6560 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6562 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
6563 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6564 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6566 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6568 ;;;***
6570 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6571 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (16213
6572 ;;;;;; 43273))
6573 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6575 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
6577 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
6578 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6580 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6581 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6582 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6584 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6585 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6587 :filter FUNCTION
6589 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
6590 menu displayed.
6592 :visible INCLUDE
6594 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6595 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
6597 :active ENABLE
6599 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6600 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6602 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6604 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6606 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6608 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6609 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6611 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6612 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6614 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6616 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6618 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6620 :keys KEYS
6622 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6623 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6624 computed automatically.
6625 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6627 :key-sequence KEYS
6629 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6630 menu item.
6631 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6632 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6633 keyboard equivalent.
6635 :active ENABLE
6637 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6638 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6640 :included INCLUDE
6642 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6643 expression has a non-nil value.
6645 :suffix FORM
6647 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6648 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
6650 :style STYLE
6652 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6653 defined:
6655 toggle: A checkbox.
6656 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6657 radio: A radio button.
6658 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6659 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6660 menu bar itself.
6661 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6663 :selected SELECTED
6665 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6666 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6668 :help HELP
6670 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6672 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6673 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6674 as a solid horizontal line.
6676 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6678 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6680 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
6681 Not documented
6683 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6685 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
6686 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6687 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6688 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6690 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6692 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
6693 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6694 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6695 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6696 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6697 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6699 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6700 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6701 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6703 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
6704 to implement dynamic menus.
6706 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
6708 ;;;***
6710 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6711 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
6712 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6713 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6714 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (16213 43281))
6715 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6717 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
6718 Customization for ebnf group.
6720 \(fn)" t nil)
6722 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6723 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6725 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6726 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6727 it to the printer.
6729 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6730 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6731 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6732 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6734 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6736 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6737 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6738 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6740 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6742 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6743 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6744 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6745 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6747 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6749 \(fn)" t nil)
6751 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6752 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6753 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6755 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6757 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6759 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6760 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
6762 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6763 The EPS file name has the following form:
6765 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6767 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6768 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6770 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6771 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6772 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6773 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6775 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6777 \(fn)" t nil)
6779 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6780 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
6782 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6783 The EPS file name has the following form:
6785 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6787 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6788 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6790 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6791 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6792 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6793 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6795 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6797 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6799 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
6801 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6802 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6804 \(fn)" t nil)
6806 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6807 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
6809 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6811 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
6812 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6814 \(fn)" nil nil)
6816 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6817 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6819 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6821 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6822 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6824 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6826 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6827 Set STYLE to current style.
6829 It returns the old style symbol.
6831 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
6833 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6834 Reset current style.
6836 It returns the old style symbol.
6838 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6840 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6841 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
6843 It returns the old style symbol.
6845 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6847 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6848 Pop a style and set it to current style.
6850 It returns the old style symbol.
6852 \(fn)" t nil)
6854 ;;;***
6856 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
6857 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
6858 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
6859 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
6860 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
6861 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
6862 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
6863 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
6864 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
6865 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
6866 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (16234
6867 ;;;;;; 50257))
6868 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
6870 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
6871 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
6872 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
6873 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
6874 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
6875 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
6877 Tree mode key bindings:
6878 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
6880 \(fn)" t nil)
6882 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
6883 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
6885 \(fn)" t nil)
6887 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
6888 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
6890 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
6892 \(fn)" nil nil)
6894 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
6895 View declaration of member at point.
6897 \(fn)" t nil)
6899 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
6900 Find declaration of member at point.
6902 \(fn)" t nil)
6904 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
6905 View definition of member at point.
6907 \(fn)" t nil)
6909 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
6910 Find definition of member at point.
6912 \(fn)" t nil)
6914 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
6915 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
6917 \(fn)" t nil)
6919 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
6920 View definition of member at point in other window.
6922 \(fn)" t nil)
6924 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
6925 Find definition of member at point in other window.
6927 \(fn)" t nil)
6929 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
6930 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
6932 \(fn)" t nil)
6934 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
6935 View definition of member at point in other frame.
6937 \(fn)" t nil)
6939 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
6940 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
6942 \(fn)" t nil)
6944 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
6945 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
6946 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
6947 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
6948 completion.
6950 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
6952 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
6953 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
6954 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
6955 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
6957 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
6959 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
6960 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
6961 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
6962 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
6964 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6966 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
6967 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
6968 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
6970 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6972 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
6973 Search for call sites of a member.
6974 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
6975 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
6976 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
6977 looks like a function call to the member.
6979 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
6981 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
6982 Move backward in the position stack.
6983 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
6985 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6987 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
6988 Move forward in the position stack.
6989 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
6991 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6993 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
6994 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
6996 \(fn)" t nil)
6998 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
6999 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7001 \(fn)" t nil)
7003 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
7004 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7005 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7006 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7008 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7010 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
7011 Display statistics for a class tree.
7013 \(fn)" t nil)
7015 ;;;***
7017 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7018 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
7019 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7021 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
7022 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7023 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7024 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7026 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7027 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7028 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7030 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7031 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7032 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
7034 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
7036 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7038 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7040 ;;;***
7042 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7043 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (16213 43267))
7044 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7046 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
7047 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7048 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7050 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7052 ;;;***
7054 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
7055 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (16239 25257))
7056 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7058 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7059 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
7060 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7061 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7062 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7064 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7065 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7066 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7067 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7069 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
7071 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7072 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7073 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7074 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7076 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
7078 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
7079 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
7080 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
7081 \(naming a function), or a list.
7083 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
7085 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
7087 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
7088 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7089 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7090 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7091 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7093 If you do this on a function definition
7094 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
7095 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
7096 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
7097 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
7099 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7100 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7101 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7102 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7103 already is one.)
7105 \(fn)" t nil)
7107 ;;;***
7109 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7110 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
7111 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
7112 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
7113 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
7114 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
7115 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
7116 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
7117 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
7118 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (16213 43267))
7119 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7121 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
7122 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7124 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7126 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
7127 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7129 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7131 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
7133 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
7135 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
7136 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7137 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7138 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7140 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7142 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
7143 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7145 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7147 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
7149 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
7150 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7152 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7154 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
7156 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
7157 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7158 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7159 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7161 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7163 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
7165 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7166 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7167 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7168 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7170 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7172 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
7174 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
7175 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7176 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7177 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7179 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7181 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
7183 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
7184 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7185 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7186 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7188 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7190 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
7192 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7193 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7194 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7195 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7196 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7197 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7199 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7201 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7202 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7203 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7204 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7206 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7208 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
7210 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7211 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7212 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7213 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7215 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7217 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
7219 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
7221 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7222 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7223 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7224 follows:
7225 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7226 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7228 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7230 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
7231 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7232 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7233 follows:
7234 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7235 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7237 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7239 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7240 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7241 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7242 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7243 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7244 region.
7245 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7246 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7248 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7250 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
7251 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7252 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7253 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7254 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7255 region.
7256 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7257 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7258 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7260 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7262 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
7264 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
7265 Merge two files without ancestor.
7267 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7269 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7270 Merge two files with ancestor.
7272 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7274 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
7276 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
7277 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7279 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7281 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7282 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7284 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7286 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
7287 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7288 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7289 buffer.
7291 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7293 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7294 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7295 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7296 buffer.
7298 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7300 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
7301 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
7302 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
7303 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
7305 \(fn POS)" t nil)
7307 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
7308 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7309 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7310 and don't ask the user.
7311 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7312 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7314 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7316 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
7317 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
7318 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
7319 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7320 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7321 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7323 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7325 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
7327 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
7329 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
7330 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7331 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7332 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7333 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7335 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7337 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
7339 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
7340 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7341 When called interactively, displays the version.
7343 \(fn)" t nil)
7345 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
7346 Display Ediff's manual.
7347 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7349 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7351 ;;;***
7353 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7354 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
7355 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7357 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
7358 Not documented
7360 \(fn)" t nil)
7362 ;;;***
7364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (16213 43267))
7365 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
7367 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
7368 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
7370 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
7372 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))))
7374 ;;;***
7376 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7377 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
7378 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7380 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
7381 Display Ediff's registry.
7383 \(fn)" t nil)
7385 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
7387 ;;;***
7389 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7390 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (16213 43267))
7391 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7393 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
7394 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7395 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7396 which see.
7398 \(fn)" t nil)
7400 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
7401 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7402 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7403 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7405 \(fn)" t nil)
7407 ;;;***
7409 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7410 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7411 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
7412 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7414 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7415 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7416 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7418 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7419 Edit a keyboard macro.
7420 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7421 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7422 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7423 its command name.
7424 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7426 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7428 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7429 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7431 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7433 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7434 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7436 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7438 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7439 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7440 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7441 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7442 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7443 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7445 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7446 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7447 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7448 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7450 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7452 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7453 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7454 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7455 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7456 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7457 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7459 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7461 ;;;***
7463 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7464 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (16213 43273))
7465 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7467 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
7468 Set scroll margins.
7469 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7470 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7472 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7474 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
7475 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7477 \(fn)" t nil)
7479 ;;;***
7481 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7482 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
7483 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7485 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
7486 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7487 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
7488 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7489 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7490 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7491 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7492 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7494 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7495 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7497 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
7498 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
7499 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
7500 this value is non-nil.
7502 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7503 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7504 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7506 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7507 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7508 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
7510 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7512 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
7513 Not documented
7515 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7517 ;;;***
7519 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7520 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (16219 32429))
7521 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7523 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
7524 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7526 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
7528 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7529 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7530 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
7532 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
7533 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
7534 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
7535 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
7536 from the documentation string if possible.
7538 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
7539 instead.
7541 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7545 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7546 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
7548 \(fn)" t nil)
7550 ;;;***
7552 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (16213
7553 ;;;;;; 43267))
7554 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7556 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
7557 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7559 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7560 an elided material again.
7562 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7566 ;;;***
7568 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7569 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
7570 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7572 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
7573 Initialize elint.
7575 \(fn)" t nil)
7577 ;;;***
7579 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7580 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (16213
7581 ;;;;;; 43273))
7582 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7584 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
7585 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7586 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7588 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7590 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
7591 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7592 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7594 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7596 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
7597 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7598 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7600 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7602 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7604 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
7605 Display current profiling results.
7606 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7607 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
7608 displayed.
7610 \(fn)" t nil)
7612 ;;;***
7614 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7615 ;;;;;; (16250 35353))
7616 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7618 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
7619 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7620 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7622 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7624 ;;;***
7626 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7627 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7628 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7629 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7630 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (16213 43267))
7631 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7633 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
7634 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
7635 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
7636 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
7637 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
7638 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
7639 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
7640 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
7641 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
7642 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
7643 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
7644 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
7645 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
7646 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
7647 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
7648 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
7650 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
7651 Run Emerge on two files.
7653 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7655 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7656 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7658 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7660 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
7661 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7663 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7665 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7666 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7668 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7670 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
7671 Not documented
7673 \(fn)" nil nil)
7675 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
7676 Not documented
7678 \(fn)" nil nil)
7680 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
7681 Not documented
7683 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7685 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
7686 Not documented
7688 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7690 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
7691 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7693 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7695 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7696 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7698 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7700 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
7701 Not documented
7703 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7705 ;;;***
7707 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
7708 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
7709 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
7711 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
7712 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
7713 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7714 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7715 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
7717 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
7719 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
7720 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
7721 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
7723 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
7724 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
7725 automatically.
7727 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
7728 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
7729 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
7731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7733 ;;;***
7735 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7736 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (16213 43283))
7737 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7739 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
7740 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7741 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7742 text/enriched format.
7743 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7745 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7746 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7748 Commands:
7750 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7754 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
7755 Not documented
7757 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7759 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
7760 Not documented
7762 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7764 ;;;***
7766 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (16213
7767 ;;;;;; 43273))
7768 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
7770 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
7771 Emacs shell interactive mode.
7773 \\{eshell-mode-map}
7775 \(fn)" nil nil)
7777 ;;;***
7779 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (16213
7780 ;;;;;; 43273))
7781 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
7783 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
7784 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
7786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7788 ;;;***
7790 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
7791 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (16213 43273))
7792 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
7794 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
7795 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
7796 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
7797 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
7798 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
7799 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
7800 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
7801 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
7802 buffer selected (or created).
7804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7806 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
7807 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
7808 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
7810 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
7812 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
7813 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
7814 The result might be any Lisp object.
7815 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
7816 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
7817 corresponding to a successful execution.
7819 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
7821 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
7822 Report a bug in Eshell.
7823 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7824 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
7826 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
7828 ;;;***
7830 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
7831 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
7832 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
7833 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
7834 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook
7835 ;;;;;; tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list tags-table-list
7836 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (16213
7837 ;;;;;; 43281))
7838 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
7840 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
7841 *File name of tags table.
7842 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
7843 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
7844 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7845 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
7847 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
7848 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
7849 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
7850 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
7852 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
7854 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
7855 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
7856 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
7857 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
7858 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
7859 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7861 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
7863 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
7864 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
7865 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
7866 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
7867 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
7868 `auto-compression-mode').")
7870 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
7872 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
7873 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
7874 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
7875 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
7876 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
7878 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
7880 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
7881 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
7882 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
7883 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
7885 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
7887 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
7888 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
7889 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
7890 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
7891 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
7893 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
7895 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
7896 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
7897 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
7898 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
7900 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
7901 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
7902 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
7903 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
7904 file the tag was in.
7906 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
7908 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
7909 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
7910 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
7911 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
7912 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
7913 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
7914 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
7915 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
7916 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
7918 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
7920 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
7921 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
7922 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
7923 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
7924 without directory names.
7926 \(fn)" nil nil)
7928 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
7929 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7930 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
7931 but does not select the buffer.
7932 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
7934 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7935 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7936 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7937 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7938 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7940 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7942 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7943 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7944 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7946 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7948 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7950 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
7951 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7952 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
7953 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
7955 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7956 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7957 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7958 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7959 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7961 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7963 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7964 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7965 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7967 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7969 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7970 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
7972 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
7973 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7974 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
7975 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
7976 around or before point.
7978 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7979 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7980 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7981 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
7982 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7984 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7986 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7987 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7988 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7990 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7992 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7993 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
7995 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
7996 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7997 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
7998 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
7999 around or before point.
8001 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8002 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8003 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8004 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8005 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8007 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8009 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8010 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8011 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8013 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8015 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
8016 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
8018 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
8019 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
8020 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
8022 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8023 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8024 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8025 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8026 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8028 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
8030 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8031 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8032 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8034 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8036 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8037 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
8038 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
8040 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
8041 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
8043 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
8044 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
8045 where they were found.
8047 \(fn)" t nil)
8049 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
8050 Select next file among files in current tags table.
8052 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
8053 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
8054 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
8056 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
8057 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
8059 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
8060 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
8062 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
8064 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
8065 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
8066 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
8067 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
8069 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
8070 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
8071 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
8072 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
8073 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
8075 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
8076 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
8078 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
8079 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
8080 Stops when a match is found.
8081 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8083 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8085 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
8087 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
8088 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
8089 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
8090 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
8091 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8093 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8095 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
8097 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
8098 Display list of tags in file FILE.
8099 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
8100 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
8101 directory specification.
8103 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
8105 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
8106 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
8108 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8110 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
8111 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
8112 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
8113 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
8115 \(fn)" t nil)
8117 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
8118 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
8119 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
8120 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
8121 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
8123 \(fn)" t nil)
8125 ;;;***
8127 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
8128 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
8129 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
8130 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
8131 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
8132 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
8133 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
8134 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (16213 43280))
8135 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
8137 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
8138 Not documented
8140 \(fn)" nil nil)
8142 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
8143 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
8144 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
8145 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8147 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
8148 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8149 language.
8151 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
8152 even if the buffer is read-only.
8154 See also the descriptions of the variables
8155 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8156 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8158 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8160 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8161 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
8163 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8164 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8166 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
8167 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8168 language.
8170 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
8171 buffer is read-only.
8173 See also the descriptions of the variables
8174 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8175 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8177 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8179 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8180 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
8181 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8185 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8186 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
8188 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
8189 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
8191 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
8192 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
8194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8196 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8197 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
8198 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
8199 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8201 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8203 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
8204 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
8205 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8206 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8208 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
8209 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
8210 the primary language.
8212 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
8213 buffer is read-only.
8215 See also the descriptions of the variables
8216 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8217 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8219 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8221 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8222 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
8223 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8224 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8226 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
8227 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
8228 primary language.
8230 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
8231 buffer is read-only.
8233 See also the descriptions of the variables
8234 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8235 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8237 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8239 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8240 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
8241 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8245 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8246 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
8248 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
8249 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
8250 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
8251 3) convert the body into SERA.
8253 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
8255 \(fn)" t nil)
8257 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8258 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
8259 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8261 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8263 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
8264 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
8266 \(fn)" t nil)
8268 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
8269 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
8271 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
8272 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
8273 be 1, 2, or 3.
8275 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
8276 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
8277 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
8279 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
8281 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
8283 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
8284 Allow the user to input special characters.
8286 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8288 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8289 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
8290 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
8292 \(fn)" t nil)
8294 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8295 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
8297 \(fn)" t nil)
8299 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8300 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
8302 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
8303 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
8305 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
8306 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
8308 \(fn)" nil nil)
8310 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8311 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
8313 \(fn)" nil nil)
8315 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
8316 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
8318 \(fn)" nil nil)
8320 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
8321 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
8323 \(fn)" nil nil)
8325 ;;;***
8327 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
8328 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
8329 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
8330 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
8332 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
8333 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
8334 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
8335 server for future sessions.
8337 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
8339 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
8340 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
8342 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8344 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
8345 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
8347 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8349 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
8350 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
8351 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
8352 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
8353 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
8354 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
8355 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
8356 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
8357 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
8358 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
8359 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
8360 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
8362 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
8364 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
8365 Display a form to query the directory server.
8366 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
8367 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
8369 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
8371 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
8372 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
8373 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
8375 \(fn)" t nil)
8377 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
8379 ;;;***
8381 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
8382 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
8383 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (16213 43280))
8384 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
8386 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
8387 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
8389 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8391 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
8392 Display URL and make it clickable.
8394 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
8396 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
8397 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
8399 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
8401 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
8402 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
8404 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8406 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
8407 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
8409 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8411 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
8412 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
8414 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8416 ;;;***
8418 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
8419 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (16213 43280))
8420 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
8422 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
8423 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
8424 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
8426 \(fn)" t nil)
8428 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
8429 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
8431 \(fn)" t nil)
8433 ;;;***
8435 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
8436 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
8437 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
8439 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
8440 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
8442 \(fn)" t nil)
8444 ;;;***
8446 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
8447 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
8448 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (16213 43281))
8449 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
8451 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
8452 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
8453 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'.
8455 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
8457 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
8458 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
8459 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
8460 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
8461 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
8462 executable.
8464 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
8466 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
8467 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
8468 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
8470 \(fn)" t nil)
8472 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
8473 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
8474 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
8475 file modes.
8477 \(fn)" nil nil)
8479 ;;;***
8481 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
8482 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (16213 43267))
8483 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
8485 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
8486 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
8487 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
8488 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
8490 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
8492 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
8493 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
8494 to generate such functions.
8496 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
8497 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
8498 beginning of the expanded text.
8500 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
8501 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
8502 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
8503 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
8505 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
8507 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
8509 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
8510 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8511 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8513 \(fn)" t nil)
8515 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
8516 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8517 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8519 \(fn)" t nil)
8520 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
8521 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
8523 ;;;***
8525 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (16213 43281))
8526 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
8528 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
8529 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
8530 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
8532 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
8533 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
8534 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
8536 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
8538 Key definitions:
8539 \\{f90-mode-map}
8541 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
8543 `f90-do-indent'
8544 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
8545 `f90-if-indent'
8546 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
8547 `f90-type-indent'
8548 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
8549 `f90-program-indent'
8550 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
8551 (default 2).
8552 `f90-continuation-indent'
8553 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
8554 `f90-comment-region'
8555 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
8556 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
8557 `f90-indented-comment-re'
8558 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
8559 (default \"!\").
8560 `f90-directive-comment-re'
8561 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
8562 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
8563 `f90-break-delimiters'
8564 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
8565 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
8566 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
8567 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
8568 (default t).
8569 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
8570 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
8571 `f90-smart-end'
8572 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
8573 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
8574 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
8575 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
8576 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
8577 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
8578 `f90-leave-line-no'
8579 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
8580 `f90-keywords-re'
8581 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
8583 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
8584 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
8586 \(fn)" t nil)
8588 ;;;***
8590 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
8591 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
8592 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
8593 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
8594 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (16213 43267))
8595 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
8596 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
8597 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
8599 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
8600 Menu keymap for faces.")
8602 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
8604 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
8605 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
8607 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
8609 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
8610 Menu keymap for background colors.")
8612 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
8614 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
8615 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
8617 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
8619 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
8620 Submenu for text justification commands.")
8622 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
8624 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
8625 Submenu for indentation commands.")
8627 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
8629 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
8630 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
8632 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
8634 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
8636 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
8638 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
8640 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
8641 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
8642 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
8643 will not show through at all will be removed.
8645 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
8647 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8648 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8649 requested face.
8651 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8652 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8653 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8655 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
8657 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
8658 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8659 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8661 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8662 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8663 requested face.
8665 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8666 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8667 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8669 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8671 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
8672 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8673 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8675 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8676 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8677 requested face.
8679 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8680 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8681 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8683 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8685 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
8686 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
8687 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
8688 is the menu item's name.
8690 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8691 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8692 requested face.
8694 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8695 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8696 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8698 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
8700 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
8701 Make the region invisible.
8702 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
8703 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8705 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8707 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
8708 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
8709 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
8710 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8712 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8714 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
8715 Make the region unmodifiable.
8716 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
8717 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8719 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8721 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
8722 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
8724 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8726 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
8727 Remove all text properties from the region.
8729 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8731 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
8732 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
8733 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
8735 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8737 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
8738 Read a color using the minibuffer.
8740 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
8742 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
8743 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
8744 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
8745 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
8746 of colors that the current display can handle.
8748 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8750 ;;;***
8752 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
8753 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (16213 43267))
8754 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
8756 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
8757 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
8758 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
8759 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
8761 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
8763 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
8764 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
8765 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
8767 Font Lock caches may be saved:
8768 - When you save the file's buffer.
8769 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
8770 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
8771 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
8772 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
8774 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
8776 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
8777 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
8778 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
8779 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
8781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8783 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
8784 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
8786 \(fn)" nil nil)
8788 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
8790 ;;;***
8792 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
8793 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
8794 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (16213 43280))
8795 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
8797 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
8798 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
8799 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
8800 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
8802 \(fn)" nil nil)
8804 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
8805 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
8807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8809 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
8810 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
8811 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
8812 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
8814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8816 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
8817 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
8818 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
8819 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
8820 backup file names and the like).
8822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8824 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
8825 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
8826 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
8827 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
8828 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
8829 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
8830 internally by feedmail):
8832 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
8833 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
8834 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
8835 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
8837 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
8838 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
8839 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
8840 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
8841 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
8843 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
8845 ;;;***
8847 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
8848 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (16250 35348))
8849 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
8851 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
8852 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
8853 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
8854 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
8855 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
8856 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
8857 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
8859 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
8861 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
8862 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
8863 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
8864 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
8865 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
8866 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
8867 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
8869 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version.
8871 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8873 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
8875 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
8876 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
8877 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
8878 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
8879 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
8880 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
8882 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
8884 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
8885 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
8886 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
8887 Return value:
8888 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
8889 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
8890 * otherwise, nil
8892 \(fn E)" t nil)
8894 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
8895 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
8897 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8899 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
8900 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
8902 \(fn)" t nil)
8904 ;;;***
8906 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
8907 ;;;;;; (16213 43267))
8908 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
8910 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
8911 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
8912 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
8913 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
8914 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
8915 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
8916 \(directories) is done.
8918 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8919 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8920 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8921 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8923 ;;;***
8925 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
8926 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (16213 43268))
8927 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
8929 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
8930 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
8931 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
8932 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
8933 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
8935 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
8937 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
8938 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
8939 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
8940 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
8942 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
8944 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
8945 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
8946 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8948 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
8950 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
8951 as the final argument.
8953 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
8955 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
8956 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
8957 and run dired on those files.
8958 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
8959 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8961 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
8963 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
8965 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
8966 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
8967 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8969 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
8971 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
8973 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
8975 ;;;***
8977 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
8978 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
8979 ;;;;;; (16247 1918))
8980 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
8982 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\
8983 *A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'.
8984 Specifies how to recognise special constructs such as include files
8985 etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that
8986 construct.")
8988 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
8989 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
8990 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
8992 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
8994 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8996 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
8998 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
8999 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
9000 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
9002 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
9003 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
9005 Variables of interest include:
9007 - `ff-case-fold-search'
9008 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
9009 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
9011 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
9012 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
9013 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
9015 - `ff-ignore-include'
9016 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
9018 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
9019 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
9021 - `ff-quiet-mode'
9022 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
9024 - `ff-special-constructs'
9025 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
9026 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
9027 extracting the filename from that construct.
9029 - `ff-other-file-alist'
9030 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
9032 - `ff-search-directories'
9033 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
9034 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
9036 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
9037 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
9039 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
9040 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
9042 - `ff-post-load-hook'
9043 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
9045 - `ff-not-found-hook'
9046 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
9048 - `ff-file-created-hook'
9049 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
9051 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
9053 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
9054 Visit the file you click on.
9056 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9058 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
9059 Visit the file you click on in another window.
9061 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9063 ;;;***
9065 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
9066 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
9067 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
9068 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
9069 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect find-function-search-for-symbol find-library)
9070 ;;;;;; "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (16213 43273))
9071 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
9073 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
9074 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
9076 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
9078 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
9079 Search for SYMBOL.
9080 If VARIABLE-P is nil, `find-function-regexp' is used, otherwise
9081 `find-variable-regexp' is used. The search is done in library LIBRARY.
9083 \(fn SYMBOL VARIABLE-P LIBRARY)" nil nil)
9085 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
9086 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
9088 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
9089 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9090 not selected.
9092 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
9093 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
9094 in `load-path'.
9096 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
9098 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
9099 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
9101 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
9102 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
9103 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9104 it is one of the current buffers.
9106 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
9107 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9108 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9110 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9112 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
9113 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9115 See `find-function' for more details.
9117 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9119 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9120 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9122 See `find-function' for more details.
9124 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9126 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
9127 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
9129 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
9130 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9131 not selected.
9133 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
9134 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9136 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
9138 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
9139 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
9141 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
9142 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
9143 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9144 it is one of the current buffers.
9146 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
9147 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9148 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9150 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9152 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
9153 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9155 See `find-variable' for more details.
9157 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9159 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9160 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9162 See `find-variable' for more details.
9164 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9166 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
9167 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
9168 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer.
9170 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
9172 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
9173 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9175 \(fn)" t nil)
9177 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
9178 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9180 \(fn)" t nil)
9182 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
9183 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
9185 \(fn)" nil nil)
9187 ;;;***
9189 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
9190 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (16213 43268))
9191 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
9193 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
9194 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
9196 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
9198 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
9199 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
9201 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
9203 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
9204 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
9206 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9208 ;;;***
9210 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
9211 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (16239 25256))
9212 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
9214 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
9215 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
9217 \(fn)" t nil)
9219 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
9220 Display FILE's commentary section.
9221 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
9223 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9225 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
9226 Find packages matching a given keyword.
9228 \(fn)" t nil)
9230 ;;;***
9232 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
9233 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (16213 43268))
9234 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
9236 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
9237 Toggle flow control handling.
9238 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
9239 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
9241 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
9243 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
9244 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
9245 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
9246 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
9247 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
9248 to get the effect of a C-q.
9250 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
9252 ;;;***
9254 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
9255 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
9256 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (16213 43283))
9257 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
9259 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
9260 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
9261 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
9263 (custom-autoload (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell")
9265 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
9266 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
9268 \(fn)" t nil)
9270 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
9272 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
9274 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
9275 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
9276 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
9277 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
9278 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
9279 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
9281 Bindings:
9282 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
9283 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
9284 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
9286 Hooks:
9287 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
9289 Remark:
9290 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
9291 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
9292 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
9294 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
9295 consider adding:
9296 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
9297 in your .emacs file.
9299 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
9300 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
9302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9304 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
9306 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
9307 The flyspell version
9309 \(fn)" t nil)
9311 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
9312 Turn Flyspell mode off.
9314 \(fn)" nil nil)
9316 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
9317 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
9319 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
9321 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
9322 Flyspell whole buffer.
9324 \(fn)" t nil)
9326 ;;;***
9328 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
9329 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
9330 ;;;;;; (16213 43268))
9331 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
9333 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9334 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9336 \(fn)" t nil)
9338 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9339 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9341 \(fn)" t nil)
9343 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
9344 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
9346 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
9347 of two major techniques:
9349 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
9350 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
9351 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
9353 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
9354 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
9355 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
9356 movement commands.
9358 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
9359 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
9360 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
9361 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
9362 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
9363 mileage may vary).
9365 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
9366 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
9368 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
9370 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
9371 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
9372 \(This is the default.)
9374 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
9375 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
9377 Keys specific to Follow mode:
9378 \\{follow-mode-map}
9380 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9382 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
9383 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
9385 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
9386 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
9387 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
9388 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
9389 two windows always will display two successive pages.
9390 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
9392 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
9393 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
9394 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
9396 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
9397 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
9398 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
9400 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9402 ;;;***
9404 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
9405 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock"
9406 ;;;;;; "font-lock.el" (16219 35359))
9407 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
9409 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock" "\
9410 Not documented
9412 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
9414 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9415 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9416 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9417 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
9418 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
9419 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
9420 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
9421 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
9422 end of the current highlighting list.
9424 For example:
9426 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
9427 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
9428 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
9430 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
9431 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
9433 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9434 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9435 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9437 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
9438 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
9439 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'.
9441 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
9443 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9444 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9446 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9447 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
9449 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9450 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9451 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9453 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
9455 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
9456 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would.
9458 \(fn)" t nil)
9460 ;;;***
9462 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (16213
9463 ;;;;;; 43280))
9464 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
9466 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
9467 Toggle footnote minor mode.
9468 \\<message-mode-map>
9469 key binding
9470 --- -------
9472 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
9473 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
9474 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
9475 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
9476 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
9477 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
9479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9481 ;;;***
9483 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
9484 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (16213 43268))
9485 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
9487 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
9488 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
9490 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
9491 TAB forms-next-field TAB
9492 C-c TAB forms-next-field
9493 C-c < forms-first-record <
9494 C-c > forms-last-record >
9495 C-c ? describe-mode ?
9496 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
9497 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
9498 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
9499 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
9500 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
9501 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
9502 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
9503 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
9504 C-c C-x forms-exit x
9506 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
9508 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
9509 Visit a file in Forms mode.
9511 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9513 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
9514 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
9516 \(fn FN)" t nil)
9518 ;;;***
9520 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
9521 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (16213 43281))
9522 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
9524 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
9525 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
9526 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
9527 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
9528 with a character in column 6.")
9530 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
9532 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
9533 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
9534 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
9536 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
9537 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
9539 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
9541 Key definitions:
9542 \\{fortran-mode-map}
9544 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9546 `comment-start'
9547 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
9548 `fortran-do-indent'
9549 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
9550 `fortran-if-indent'
9551 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
9552 `fortran-structure-indent'
9553 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
9554 (default 3)
9555 `fortran-continuation-indent'
9556 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
9557 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
9558 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
9559 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
9560 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
9561 nil don't change the indentation
9562 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9563 value of either
9564 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
9565 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
9566 depending on the continuation format in use.
9567 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9568 indentation for a line of code.
9569 (default 'fixed)
9570 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
9571 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
9572 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
9573 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
9574 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
9575 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
9576 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
9577 `fortran-line-number-indent'
9578 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
9579 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
9580 column 5.
9581 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
9582 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
9583 statements (default nil).
9584 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
9585 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
9586 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
9587 `fortran-continuation-string'
9588 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
9589 line (default \"$\").
9590 `fortran-comment-region'
9591 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
9592 the region (default \"c$$$\").
9593 `fortran-electric-line-number'
9594 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
9595 as typed (default t).
9596 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
9597 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
9599 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
9600 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9602 \(fn)" t nil)
9604 ;;;***
9606 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
9607 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (16213 43281))
9608 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
9610 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
9611 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
9613 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9614 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9616 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
9618 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
9619 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
9621 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9622 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9624 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
9626 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
9627 Compile fortune file.
9629 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
9630 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
9632 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9634 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
9635 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
9637 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9638 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9639 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9640 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9642 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9644 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
9645 Display a fortune cookie.
9647 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9648 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9649 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9650 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9652 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9654 ;;;***
9656 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode fringe-mode) "fringe"
9657 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" (16213 43268))
9658 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
9660 (defvar fringe-mode nil "\
9661 *Specify appearance of fringes on all frames.
9662 This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have
9663 the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying
9664 the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or
9665 a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates
9666 width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no
9667 fringe).
9668 To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make
9669 it take real effect.
9670 Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect.
9671 If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame,
9672 you can use the interactive function `toggle-fringe'")
9674 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe")
9676 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
9677 Toggle appearance of fringes on all frames.
9678 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
9679 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
9680 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
9681 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
9682 specified, the user is queried.
9683 It applies to all frames that exist and frames to be created in the
9684 future.
9685 If you want to set appearance of fringes on the selected frame only,
9686 see `set-fringe-style'.
9688 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9690 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
9691 Set appearance of fringes on selected frame.
9692 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
9693 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
9694 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
9695 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
9696 specified, the user is queried.
9697 If you want to set appearance of fringes on all frames, see `fringe-mode'.
9699 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9701 ;;;***
9703 ;;;### (autoloads (gdba) "gdb-ui" "gdb-ui.el" (16250 35348))
9704 ;;; Generated autoloads from gdb-ui.el
9706 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
9707 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
9708 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
9709 and source-file directory for your debugger.
9711 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb starts with
9712 just two windows : the GUD and the source buffer. If it is t the
9713 following layout will appear (keybindings given in relevant buffer) :
9715 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9716 GDB Toolbar
9717 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9718 GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer
9722 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9723 Source buffer | Input/Output (of debuggee) buffer
9724 | (comint-mode)
9731 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9732 Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer
9733 RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint
9734 | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint
9735 | d gdb-delete-breakpoint
9736 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9738 All the buffers share the toolbar and source should always display in the same
9739 window e.g after typing g on a breakpoint in the breakpoints buffer. Breakpoint
9740 icons are displayed both by setting a break with gud-break and by typing break
9741 in the GUD buffer.
9743 This works best (depending on the size of your monitor) using most of the
9744 screen.
9746 Displayed expressions appear in separate frames. Arrays may be displayed
9747 as slices and visualised using the graph program from plotutils if installed.
9748 Pointers in structures may be followed in a tree-like fashion.
9750 The following interactive lisp functions help control operation :
9752 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
9753 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
9755 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
9757 ;;;***
9759 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
9760 ;;;;;; (16213 43268))
9761 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
9763 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
9764 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
9766 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
9767 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
9769 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
9770 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
9771 function.
9773 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
9774 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
9775 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
9776 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
9777 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
9778 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
9780 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
9781 Each keyword should be a string.
9783 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
9784 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
9786 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
9787 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
9788 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
9790 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
9792 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
9794 \(fn NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
9796 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
9797 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
9798 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
9799 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
9801 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
9802 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
9804 \(fn TYPE)" t nil)
9806 ;;;***
9808 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
9809 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
9810 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
9812 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
9813 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
9814 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
9815 at places they belong to.
9817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9819 ;;;***
9821 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
9822 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (16213 43274))
9823 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
9825 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
9826 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server.
9828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9830 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
9831 Read network news.
9832 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9833 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
9834 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9835 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9836 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server.
9838 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
9840 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
9841 Read news as a slave.
9843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9845 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
9846 Pop up a frame to read news.
9848 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9850 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
9851 Read network news.
9852 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9853 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9854 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9856 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
9858 ;;;***
9860 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
9861 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
9862 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
9863 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
9865 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9866 Start Gnus unplugged.
9868 \(fn)" t nil)
9870 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9871 Start Gnus plugged.
9873 \(fn)" t nil)
9875 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
9876 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
9877 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
9878 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
9880 \(gnus-agentize)
9882 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
9883 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
9884 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
9886 \(fn)" t nil)
9888 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
9889 Start Gnus and fetch session.
9891 \(fn)" t nil)
9893 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
9894 Not documented
9896 \(fn)" t nil)
9898 ;;;***
9900 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
9901 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
9902 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
9904 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
9905 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
9907 \(fn)" nil nil)
9909 ;;;***
9911 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
9912 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
9913 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
9915 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
9916 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
9918 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9920 ;;;***
9922 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
9923 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (16213
9924 ;;;;;; 43273))
9925 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
9927 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
9928 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
9930 Usage:
9931 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
9933 \(fn)" t nil)
9935 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
9936 Generate the cache active file.
9938 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9940 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
9941 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
9943 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
9945 ;;;***
9947 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
9948 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (16213 43273))
9949 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
9951 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
9952 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
9953 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
9955 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
9957 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
9958 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
9960 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
9962 ;;;***
9964 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
9965 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
9966 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
9968 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
9970 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
9971 Run batched scoring.
9972 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
9974 \(fn)" t nil)
9976 ;;;***
9978 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
9979 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (16213 43273))
9980 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
9982 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
9983 Not documented
9985 \(fn)" nil nil)
9987 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
9988 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
9990 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
9992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9994 ;;;***
9996 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
9997 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
9998 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
9999 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
10001 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10002 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
10003 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
10004 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
10005 group parameters.
10007 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
10008 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
10009 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
10010 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
10012 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
10013 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
10014 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
10015 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
10016 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
10017 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
10018 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
10019 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
10020 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
10021 gnus-group-split-fancy for details.
10023 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
10025 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10026 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
10027 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
10029 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
10030 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
10032 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
10034 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10035 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
10036 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
10038 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
10040 \(fn)" nil nil)
10042 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
10043 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
10044 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
10046 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
10048 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
10049 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
10050 existing groups are considered.
10052 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
10053 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
10054 returned.
10056 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
10057 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
10058 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
10059 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
10060 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
10061 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
10062 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
10063 clauses will be generated.
10065 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
10066 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
10067 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
10068 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
10069 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
10070 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
10072 For example, given the following group parameters:
10074 nnml:mail.bar:
10075 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
10076 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
10077 nnml:mail.foo:
10078 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
10079 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
10080 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
10081 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
10082 nnml:mail.others:
10083 \((split-spec . catch-all))
10085 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
10087 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
10088 \"mail.bar\")
10089 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
10090 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
10091 \"mail.others\")
10093 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
10095 ;;;***
10097 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
10098 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
10099 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
10101 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
10102 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
10103 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
10105 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
10107 ;;;***
10109 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (16213
10110 ;;;;;; 43273))
10111 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
10113 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
10114 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
10115 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
10116 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
10118 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
10120 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
10122 ;;;***
10124 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
10125 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
10126 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
10128 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
10129 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
10130 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
10131 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
10132 part is ignored.
10134 This function exists for backward compatibility with Emacs 20. It is
10135 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
10136 rather than using this function.
10138 \(fn NAME CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
10140 ;;;***
10142 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
10143 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
10144 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
10146 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
10147 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
10148 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
10149 for matching on group names.
10151 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
10152 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
10154 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
10156 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
10158 \(fn)" t nil)
10160 ;;;***
10162 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
10163 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
10164 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
10166 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
10167 Update the format specification near point.
10169 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
10171 ;;;***
10173 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
10174 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (16213 43274))
10175 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
10177 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
10178 Unload all Gnus features.
10179 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
10180 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
10181 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble.
10183 \(fn)" t nil)
10185 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
10186 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend.
10188 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
10190 ;;;***
10192 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
10193 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
10194 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
10196 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
10197 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
10199 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
10201 ;;;***
10203 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (16213 43281))
10204 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
10206 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
10207 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
10209 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
10210 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
10211 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
10213 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
10214 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
10215 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
10217 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
10218 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
10220 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
10221 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
10223 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
10225 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
10227 ;;;***
10229 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
10230 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (16213 43280))
10231 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
10233 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
10234 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
10235 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
10236 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
10237 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click.
10239 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10241 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
10242 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
10243 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
10244 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
10245 there, then load the URL at or before point.
10247 \(fn)" t nil)
10249 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
10250 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
10251 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
10252 or to send e-mail.
10253 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
10255 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
10256 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
10258 \(fn)" t nil)
10260 ;;;***
10262 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (16213 43268))
10263 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
10265 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
10266 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
10267 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
10268 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
10269 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
10271 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
10273 ;;;***
10275 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
10276 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (16250 35355))
10277 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
10279 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
10280 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10281 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10282 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10284 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10286 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
10287 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10288 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10289 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10291 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10293 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
10294 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10295 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10296 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10298 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10300 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
10301 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10302 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10303 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10305 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
10306 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
10308 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10310 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
10311 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10312 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10313 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10315 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10317 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
10318 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
10319 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10320 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10322 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10324 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
10325 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
10326 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
10327 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
10328 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
10330 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
10331 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
10332 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
10333 original source file access method.
10335 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
10336 gud, see `gud-mode'.
10338 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10340 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
10341 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10342 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10343 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10345 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10346 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
10348 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
10350 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
10351 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
10353 \(fn)" t nil)
10355 ;;;***
10357 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (16213
10358 ;;;;;; 43281))
10359 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
10361 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
10362 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
10363 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
10364 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
10366 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
10367 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
10368 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
10369 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
10371 \(fn)" t nil)
10373 ;;;***
10375 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
10376 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
10377 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
10379 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
10380 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
10382 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
10384 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
10385 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
10386 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
10387 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
10389 Repent before ring 31 moves.
10391 \(fn)" t nil)
10393 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
10394 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
10395 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
10396 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
10397 to be updated.
10399 \(fn)" t nil)
10401 ;;;***
10403 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
10404 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
10405 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (16213 43268))
10406 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
10408 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
10409 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
10410 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
10411 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
10412 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
10413 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
10415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10417 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
10418 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
10419 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
10420 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
10421 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
10422 to the specified name LIBRARY.
10424 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
10425 is used instead of `load-path'.
10427 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
10428 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
10429 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
10431 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
10433 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
10434 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
10436 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10438 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
10439 Not documented
10441 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10443 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
10444 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
10445 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
10447 \(fn)" nil nil)
10449 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
10450 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
10451 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
10452 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
10453 it is displayed along with the global value.
10455 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10457 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
10458 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
10459 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
10460 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
10462 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10464 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
10465 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
10466 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
10468 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10470 ;;;***
10472 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
10473 ;;;;;; (16213 43268))
10474 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
10476 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
10477 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
10478 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
10479 and window listing and describing the options.
10480 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
10481 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
10483 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
10485 ;;;***
10487 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
10488 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
10489 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (16213 43268))
10490 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
10492 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
10493 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
10494 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
10495 Commands:
10496 \\{help-mode-map}
10498 \(fn)" t nil)
10500 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
10501 Not documented
10503 \(fn)" nil nil)
10505 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
10506 Not documented
10508 \(fn)" nil nil)
10510 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
10511 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
10513 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
10514 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
10515 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
10516 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
10518 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
10519 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
10520 restore it properly when going back.
10522 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
10524 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
10525 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
10527 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
10528 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
10529 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
10530 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
10531 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10533 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
10534 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
10535 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
10536 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10538 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
10539 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
10540 that.
10542 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10544 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10545 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
10546 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
10547 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
10548 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10549 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10551 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10553 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10554 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
10555 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
10556 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10557 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10559 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10561 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
10562 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
10564 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
10566 ;;;***
10568 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
10569 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (16213 43273))
10570 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
10572 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
10573 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
10575 \(fn)" t nil)
10577 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
10578 Provide help for current mode.
10580 \(fn)" t nil)
10582 ;;;***
10584 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
10585 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (16213 43268))
10586 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
10588 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
10589 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
10590 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
10591 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
10592 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
10594 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
10595 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
10597 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
10598 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
10599 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
10600 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
10602 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
10603 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
10604 periods.
10606 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
10607 in hexl format.
10609 A sample format:
10611 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
10612 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
10613 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
10614 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
10615 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
10616 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
10617 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
10618 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
10619 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
10620 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
10621 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
10622 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
10623 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
10624 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
10625 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
10627 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
10628 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
10629 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
10631 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
10632 also supported.
10634 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
10636 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
10637 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
10638 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
10640 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
10641 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
10642 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
10644 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
10645 into the buffer at the current point.
10647 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
10648 into the buffer at the current point.
10650 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
10651 into the buffer at the current point.
10653 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
10655 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
10656 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
10658 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
10660 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
10662 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10664 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
10665 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
10666 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
10668 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
10670 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
10671 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
10672 This discards the buffer's undo information.
10674 \(fn)" t nil)
10676 ;;;***
10678 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
10679 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
10680 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (16219
10681 ;;;;;; 35448))
10682 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
10684 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
10685 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
10687 (custom-autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
10689 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
10690 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
10692 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
10693 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
10694 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
10695 which can be called interactively, are:
10697 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10698 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10700 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
10701 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
10702 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
10703 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
10705 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10706 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10708 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
10709 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
10711 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
10712 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
10713 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
10714 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
10715 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
10716 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
10718 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
10719 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
10721 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
10722 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
10723 Hi-lock: FOO
10724 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
10725 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
10726 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
10727 will be read until
10728 Hi-lock: end
10729 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
10731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10733 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
10735 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10736 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
10738 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10739 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10740 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10741 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10743 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10745 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
10747 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10748 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
10750 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10751 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10752 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10753 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10755 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10757 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
10759 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10760 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
10762 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
10763 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
10765 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10767 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
10769 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10770 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
10772 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
10773 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
10774 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
10775 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
10776 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
10778 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10780 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
10781 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
10783 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
10784 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
10785 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
10787 \(fn)" t nil)
10789 ;;;***
10791 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
10792 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (16213 43281))
10793 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
10795 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
10796 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
10797 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
10798 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
10799 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
10800 how the hiding is done:
10802 `hide-ifdef-env'
10803 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
10804 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
10805 is used.
10807 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
10808 An association list of defined symbol lists.
10809 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10810 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10811 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
10813 `hide-ifdef-lines'
10814 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
10815 #endif lines when hiding.
10817 `hide-ifdef-initially'
10818 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
10819 is activated.
10821 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
10822 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
10823 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
10825 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
10827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10829 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
10830 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
10832 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
10834 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
10835 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
10837 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
10839 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
10840 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
10842 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
10844 ;;;***
10846 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
10847 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (16249 12136))
10848 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
10850 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
10851 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
10853 (custom-autoload (quote hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) "hideshow")
10855 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
10856 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
10857 Each element has the form
10858 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
10860 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
10861 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
10863 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
10864 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
10866 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
10867 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
10868 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
10869 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
10870 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
10871 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
10873 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
10874 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
10876 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
10877 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
10879 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
10880 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
10881 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
10883 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
10884 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
10885 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
10886 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
10887 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
10888 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
10890 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
10891 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
10892 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
10894 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
10895 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
10897 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
10899 Key bindings:
10900 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
10902 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10904 ;;;***
10906 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
10907 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
10908 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
10909 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (16213 43268))
10910 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
10912 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
10914 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
10915 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
10916 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
10918 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10920 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
10921 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
10923 Without an argument:
10924 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
10925 or passive state as determined by the variable
10926 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
10927 and passive state.
10929 With an argument ARG:
10930 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
10931 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
10932 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
10934 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
10935 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
10936 not displayed in a different face.
10938 Functions:
10939 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
10940 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
10941 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
10942 buffer with the contents of a file
10943 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
10944 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
10945 various faces.
10947 Hook variables:
10948 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
10949 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
10950 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
10952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10954 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
10955 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
10957 \(fn)" t nil)
10959 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
10960 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
10962 \(fn)" t nil)
10964 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
10965 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
10967 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
10968 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
10969 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
10970 shown in the last face in the list.
10972 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
10973 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
10974 buffer to be saved):
10976 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
10978 \(fn)" t nil)
10980 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
10981 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
10983 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
10984 and must not be read-only.
10986 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
10987 this function is called interactively.
10989 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
10990 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
10991 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
10993 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
10994 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
10995 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
10997 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
10999 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
11000 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
11002 When called interactively:
11003 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
11004 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
11005 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
11006 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
11008 When called from a program:
11009 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
11010 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
11011 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
11012 - otherwise just turn it on
11014 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
11015 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
11016 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
11017 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
11019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11021 ;;;***
11023 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
11024 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
11025 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
11026 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
11027 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (16213 43268))
11028 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
11030 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
11031 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
11032 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
11033 or insert functions in this list.")
11035 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
11037 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
11038 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
11040 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
11042 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
11043 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
11045 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
11047 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
11048 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
11050 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
11052 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
11053 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
11055 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
11057 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
11058 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
11059 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
11061 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11063 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
11064 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
11065 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
11066 \(as atoms)")
11068 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11070 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
11071 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
11072 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
11073 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
11074 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
11076 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11078 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
11079 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
11080 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
11081 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
11082 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
11083 expansions.
11084 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
11085 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
11086 undoes the expansion.
11088 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11090 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
11091 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
11092 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
11093 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
11095 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
11097 ;;;***
11099 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
11100 ;;;;;; (16227 13384))
11101 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
11103 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
11104 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
11105 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
11107 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
11108 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
11109 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
11110 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
11111 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
11113 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
11114 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
11115 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
11116 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
11118 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11120 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
11121 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
11122 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11123 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11124 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
11126 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
11128 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
11129 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
11130 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
11132 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
11133 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
11135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11137 ;;;***
11139 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
11140 ;;;;;; (16213 43272))
11141 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
11143 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
11144 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
11145 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
11147 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
11149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11151 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
11152 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
11154 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
11155 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
11157 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
11159 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
11161 ;;;***
11163 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
11164 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (16213 43281))
11165 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
11167 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
11168 This function is obsolete.
11169 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11170 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11172 \(fn)" nil nil)
11174 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
11175 This function is obsolete.
11176 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11177 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11181 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
11182 This function is obsolete.
11183 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11184 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11186 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11188 ;;;***
11190 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
11191 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
11192 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
11193 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
11194 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
11195 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
11196 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
11197 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
11198 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
11199 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
11200 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
11201 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
11202 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
11203 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
11204 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
11205 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
11206 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
11207 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
11208 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
11209 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
11210 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
11211 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (16213 43269))
11212 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
11214 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11215 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
11216 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
11218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11220 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11221 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
11223 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11225 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11226 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
11228 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
11230 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11231 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
11233 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11235 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11236 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
11238 \(fn)" t nil)
11240 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11241 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
11243 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
11245 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11246 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
11248 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
11249 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
11250 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
11251 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
11252 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
11253 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
11254 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
11255 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
11256 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
11257 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
11258 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
11259 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
11261 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
11262 Not documented
11264 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
11266 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11267 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
11269 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11271 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11272 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
11274 \(fn)" t nil)
11276 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11277 Remove the first filter group.
11279 \(fn)" t nil)
11281 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11282 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
11284 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11286 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11287 Remove all filter groups.
11289 \(fn)" t nil)
11291 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11292 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
11294 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11296 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11297 Kill the filter group named NAME.
11298 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
11300 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11302 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
11303 Kill the filter group at point.
11304 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
11306 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11308 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
11309 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
11311 \(fn)" t nil)
11313 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11314 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
11316 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11318 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11319 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
11320 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
11321 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11323 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
11325 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11326 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
11327 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
11329 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11331 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11332 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
11333 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
11334 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11335 of replacing the current filters.
11337 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11339 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
11340 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
11342 \(fn)" t nil)
11344 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11345 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
11347 \(fn)" t nil)
11349 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11350 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
11352 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
11353 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
11354 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
11356 \(fn)" t nil)
11358 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11359 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
11361 \(fn)" t nil)
11363 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11364 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
11366 \(fn)" t nil)
11368 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11369 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
11370 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
11371 filter into parts.
11373 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
11375 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11376 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11377 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11379 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
11381 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11382 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11384 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11386 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11387 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
11389 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11391 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11392 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11393 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11394 of replacing the current filters.
11396 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11397 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11398 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11399 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11400 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
11401 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
11402 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
11403 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
11404 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
11406 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11407 Toggle the current sorting mode.
11408 Default sorting modes are:
11409 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
11410 Name - the name of the buffer
11411 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
11412 Size - the size of the buffer
11414 \(fn)" t nil)
11416 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
11417 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
11419 \(fn)" t nil)
11420 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11421 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11422 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
11423 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
11425 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11426 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
11428 \(fn)" t nil)
11430 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
11431 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
11432 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
11433 for this Ibuffer session.
11435 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11437 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11438 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
11439 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
11440 for this Ibuffer session.
11442 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11444 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11445 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11447 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11448 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11450 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
11451 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
11453 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
11455 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11456 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11458 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11459 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11461 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
11463 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
11464 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
11466 \(fn)" t nil)
11468 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
11469 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
11471 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
11473 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
11474 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
11475 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
11477 \(fn)" t nil)
11479 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
11480 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
11482 The names are separated by a space.
11483 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
11485 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
11486 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
11487 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
11488 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
11490 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
11492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11494 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11495 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
11497 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11499 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11500 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
11502 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11504 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11505 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
11507 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11509 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11510 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
11512 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11514 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11515 Mark all modified buffers.
11517 \(fn)" t nil)
11519 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11520 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
11522 \(fn)" t nil)
11524 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11525 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
11527 \(fn)" t nil)
11529 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11530 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
11532 \(fn)" t nil)
11534 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11535 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
11537 \(fn)" t nil)
11539 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11540 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
11542 \(fn)" t nil)
11544 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11545 Mark all read-only buffers.
11547 \(fn)" t nil)
11549 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11550 Mark all `dired' buffers.
11552 \(fn)" t nil)
11554 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
11555 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
11556 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
11557 defaults to one.
11559 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
11561 ;;;***
11563 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
11564 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (16213
11565 ;;;;;; 43269))
11566 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
11568 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
11569 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
11571 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
11572 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
11573 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
11575 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
11576 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
11577 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
11578 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
11579 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
11580 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
11582 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
11583 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
11584 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
11585 change its definition, you should explicitly call
11586 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
11588 \(fn SYMBOL (&KEY name inline props summarizer) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11590 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11591 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
11592 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
11593 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
11594 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
11596 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
11597 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
11598 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
11600 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11602 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
11603 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
11604 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
11605 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
11606 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
11607 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
11609 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
11610 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
11611 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
11612 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
11613 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
11614 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
11615 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
11616 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
11617 values are:
11618 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
11619 t - the function it always modifies buffers
11620 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
11621 buffer's modification flag.
11622 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
11623 prompted before performing this operation.
11624 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
11625 operation is complete, in the form:
11626 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
11627 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
11628 confirmation message, in the form:
11629 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
11630 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
11631 macro for exactly what it does.
11633 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&KEY interactive mark modifier-p dangerous (opstring operated on) (active-opstring Operate on) complex) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11635 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11636 Define a filter named NAME.
11637 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
11638 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
11639 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
11641 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
11642 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
11643 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
11644 bound to the current value of the filter.
11646 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY reader description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11648 ;;;***
11650 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
11651 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (16213 43269))
11652 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
11654 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
11655 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
11656 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11657 buffers which are visiting a file.
11659 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11661 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
11662 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
11663 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11664 buffers which are visiting a file.
11666 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11668 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
11669 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
11670 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
11672 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
11673 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
11674 to \"*Ibuffer*\".
11675 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
11676 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
11677 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
11678 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
11679 special value `onewindow' means always use another window.
11680 Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering
11681 groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
11682 Optional argument FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
11683 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have that value
11684 locally in this buffer.
11686 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
11688 ;;;***
11690 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
11691 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (16213 43269))
11692 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
11694 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
11695 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
11696 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
11698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11700 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
11701 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
11702 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'.
11704 \(fn)" nil nil)
11706 ;;;***
11708 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (16213 43281))
11709 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
11711 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
11712 Major mode for editing Icon code.
11713 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
11714 Tab indents for Icon code.
11715 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
11716 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11717 \\{icon-mode-map}
11718 Variables controlling indentation style:
11719 icon-tab-always-indent
11720 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
11721 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11722 icon-auto-newline
11723 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
11724 inserted in Icon code.
11725 icon-indent-level
11726 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
11727 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
11728 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
11729 icon-continued-statement-offset
11730 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
11731 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
11732 icon-continued-brace-offset
11733 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
11734 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
11735 icon-brace-offset
11736 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
11737 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
11738 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
11739 this far to the right of the start of its line.
11741 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
11742 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11744 \(fn)" t nil)
11746 ;;;***
11748 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
11749 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
11750 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
11752 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
11753 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
11754 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
11755 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
11757 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
11758 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
11759 separate frames.
11761 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
11762 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
11764 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
11765 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
11766 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
11768 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
11770 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
11772 ;;;***
11774 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
11775 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
11776 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
11778 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
11779 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
11781 The main features of this mode are
11783 1. Indentation and Formatting
11784 --------------------------
11785 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
11786 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
11788 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
11789 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
11790 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
11791 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
11793 Comments are indented as follows:
11795 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
11796 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
11797 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
11799 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
11801 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
11802 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
11803 relative to the first will be retained. Use
11804 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
11805 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
11806 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not
11807 recommended).
11809 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
11810 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
11811 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
11812 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
11814 2. Routine Info
11815 ------------
11816 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
11817 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
11818 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
11819 source file of a module. These commands know about system
11820 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
11821 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
11822 this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
11823 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
11825 3. Online IDL Help
11826 ---------------
11827 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
11828 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
11829 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
11830 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
11831 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
11833 4. Completion
11834 ----------
11835 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
11836 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
11837 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
11838 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
11839 mixed or upper case.
11841 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
11842 --------------------------------
11843 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
11844 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
11846 \\pr PROCEDURE template
11847 \\fu FUNCTION template
11848 \\c CASE statement template
11849 \\sw SWITCH statement template
11850 \\f FOR loop template
11851 \\r REPEAT Loop template
11852 \\w WHILE loop template
11853 \\i IF statement template
11854 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
11855 \\b BEGIN
11857 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
11858 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
11860 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
11861 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
11862 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
11864 6. Automatic Case Conversion
11865 -------------------------
11866 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
11867 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
11869 7. Automatic END completion
11870 ------------------------
11871 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
11872 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
11874 8. Hooks
11875 -----
11876 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
11877 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
11879 9. Documentation and Customization
11880 -------------------------------
11881 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
11882 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
11883 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
11884 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
11885 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
11887 10.Keybindings
11888 -----------
11889 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
11890 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
11891 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
11893 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
11895 \(fn)" t nil)
11897 ;;;***
11899 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name ido-dired
11900 ;;;;;; ido-insert-file ido-write-file ido-find-file-other-frame
11901 ;;;;;; ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
11902 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window
11903 ;;;;;; ido-find-file ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
11904 ;;;;;; ido-insert-buffer ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
11905 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-read-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido"
11906 ;;;;;; "ido.el" (16213 43269))
11907 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
11909 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
11910 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
11911 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
11912 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
11913 displaying...)
11914 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
11915 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
11916 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
11918 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11919 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
11921 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
11923 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
11924 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
11925 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11926 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
11927 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
11928 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
11929 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
11930 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
11931 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
11933 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11935 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
11936 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
11937 Return the name of a buffer selected.
11938 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
11939 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
11940 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
11941 If INITIAL is non-nil, it specifies the initial input string.
11943 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
11945 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
11946 Switch to another buffer.
11947 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
11948 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
11949 in another frame.
11951 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
11952 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
11953 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
11954 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have their
11955 normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
11957 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
11958 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
11960 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
11961 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
11963 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
11964 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
11965 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
11966 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
11967 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
11968 in a separate window.
11969 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
11970 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
11971 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
11972 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
11973 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
11974 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
11975 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
11976 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
11977 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
11979 \(fn)" t nil)
11981 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
11982 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
11983 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11984 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11986 \(fn)" t nil)
11988 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
11989 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
11990 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11991 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11993 \(fn)" t nil)
11995 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
11996 Kill a buffer.
11997 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11998 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12000 \(fn)" t nil)
12002 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
12003 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
12004 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12005 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12007 \(fn)" t nil)
12009 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
12010 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
12011 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12012 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12014 \(fn)" t nil)
12016 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
12017 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
12019 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12021 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
12022 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
12023 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
12024 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
12025 visible in another frame.
12027 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you type
12028 in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed if
12029 substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
12030 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
12031 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
12032 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
12034 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
12035 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
12037 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
12038 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
12040 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
12041 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
12042 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
12043 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
12044 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
12045 in a separate window.
12046 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
12047 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
12048 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
12049 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
12050 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
12051 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
12052 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
12053 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
12054 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
12055 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
12056 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
12057 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
12058 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
12059 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
12060 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
12062 \(fn)" t nil)
12064 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
12065 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
12066 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12067 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12069 \(fn)" t nil)
12071 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
12072 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
12073 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12074 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12076 \(fn)" t nil)
12078 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
12079 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
12080 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12081 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12083 \(fn)" t nil)
12085 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
12086 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
12087 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12088 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12090 \(fn)" t nil)
12092 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
12093 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
12094 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12095 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12097 \(fn)" t nil)
12099 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
12100 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
12101 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12102 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12104 \(fn)" t nil)
12106 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
12107 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
12108 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12109 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12111 \(fn)" t nil)
12113 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
12114 Write current buffer to a file.
12115 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12116 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12118 \(fn)" t nil)
12120 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
12121 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
12122 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12123 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12125 \(fn)" t nil)
12127 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
12128 Call dired the ido way.
12129 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12130 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12132 \(fn)" t nil)
12134 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
12135 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
12136 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
12138 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
12140 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
12141 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
12142 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
12144 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
12146 ;;;***
12148 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (16219 32429))
12149 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
12150 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
12152 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
12153 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
12154 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
12156 \(fn)" t nil)
12158 ;;;***
12160 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
12161 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
12162 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (16213 43269))
12163 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
12165 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
12166 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
12167 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
12168 be determined.
12170 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
12172 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
12173 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
12174 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
12175 be determined.
12177 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12179 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
12180 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
12181 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
12183 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
12185 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
12186 Create an image.
12187 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
12188 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
12189 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
12190 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
12191 use its file extension as image type.
12192 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
12193 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
12194 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
12195 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
12197 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
12199 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
12200 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
12201 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
12202 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
12203 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
12204 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
12205 POS may be an integer or marker.
12206 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
12207 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
12208 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
12209 means display it in the right marginal area.
12211 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
12213 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
12214 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
12215 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
12216 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
12217 defaulted if you omit it.
12218 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
12219 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
12220 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
12221 means display it in the right marginal area.
12223 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
12225 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
12226 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
12227 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
12228 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
12230 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
12232 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
12233 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
12235 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
12237 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
12238 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
12239 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
12240 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
12241 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
12242 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
12243 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
12244 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
12245 satisfied.
12247 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'.
12249 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
12251 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
12252 Define SYMBOL as an image.
12254 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
12255 documentation string.
12257 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
12258 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
12259 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
12260 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
12261 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
12262 string containing the actual image data. The first image
12263 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
12264 define SYMBOL.
12266 Example:
12268 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
12269 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
12271 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
12273 ;;;***
12275 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
12276 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
12277 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (16213 43269))
12278 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
12280 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
12281 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
12282 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
12283 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
12285 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
12286 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12287 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12288 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12290 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
12292 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
12293 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
12294 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
12295 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
12297 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
12298 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12299 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12300 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12302 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
12304 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
12305 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
12307 \(fn)" nil nil)
12309 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
12310 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
12311 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
12312 the command `insert-file-contents'.
12314 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
12316 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
12317 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
12318 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12319 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12320 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
12322 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
12324 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
12325 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
12326 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12327 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
12329 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
12330 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
12331 `image-file-name-regexps'.
12333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12335 ;;;***
12337 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
12338 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (16213 43269))
12339 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
12341 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
12342 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
12344 Affects only the mouse index menu.
12346 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
12347 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
12348 in the buffer.
12350 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
12352 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
12353 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
12354 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
12356 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
12358 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
12359 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
12361 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
12362 to create a buffer index.
12364 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
12365 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
12366 or like this:
12367 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12368 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
12369 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
12370 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12371 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
12373 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
12374 entries are not nested.
12376 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
12377 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
12378 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
12379 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
12381 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
12382 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
12384 The variable is buffer-local.
12386 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
12387 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
12388 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
12390 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
12391 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
12392 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
12393 during matching.")
12395 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
12397 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
12398 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
12400 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
12401 of the current buffer as an alist.
12403 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
12404 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
12405 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
12406 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
12407 if it is a sub-alist.
12409 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
12411 The variable is buffer-local.")
12413 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
12415 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
12416 Function for finding the next index position.
12418 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
12419 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
12420 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
12421 file.
12423 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
12424 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
12426 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12428 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
12430 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
12431 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
12433 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
12434 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
12435 It should return the name for that index item.
12437 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12439 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
12441 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
12442 Function to compare string with index item.
12444 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
12445 non-nil if they match.
12447 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
12448 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
12449 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
12450 arguments match\".
12452 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12454 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
12456 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
12457 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
12458 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
12460 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
12462 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
12464 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
12466 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
12467 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
12468 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
12469 See the command `imenu' for more information.
12471 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12473 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
12474 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
12476 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
12478 \(fn)" t nil)
12480 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
12481 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
12482 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
12483 for more information.
12485 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
12487 ;;;***
12489 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
12490 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
12491 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (16213 43280))
12492 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
12494 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
12495 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
12497 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
12499 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
12500 Not documented
12502 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
12504 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12505 Not documented
12507 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
12509 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12510 Not documented
12512 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12514 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
12515 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
12516 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
12517 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
12518 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
12520 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
12522 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
12523 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
12524 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
12525 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
12526 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
12528 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
12530 ;;;***
12532 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
12533 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
12534 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
12536 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
12537 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
12538 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
12539 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
12540 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
12542 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
12543 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
12545 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
12546 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
12547 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
12548 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
12549 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
12550 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
12551 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
12552 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
12554 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
12555 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
12556 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
12557 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
12558 Inferior Lisp buffer.
12560 This variable is only used if the variable
12561 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
12563 More precise choices:
12564 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
12565 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
12566 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
12568 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
12570 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
12571 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
12573 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
12574 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
12575 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
12576 to that buffer.
12577 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
12578 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
12579 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
12580 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
12582 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
12583 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
12585 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
12587 ;;;***
12589 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
12590 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-index Info-directory info-standalone
12591 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
12592 ;;;;;; (16250 35349))
12593 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
12595 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
12596 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
12598 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12599 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
12601 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
12602 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
12603 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
12604 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
12605 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
12606 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
12608 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
12609 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
12611 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
12612 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
12613 in all the directories in that path.
12615 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12617 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
12618 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
12620 \(fn)" t nil)
12622 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
12623 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
12624 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
12625 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
12627 \(fn)" nil nil)
12629 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
12630 Go to the Info directory node.
12632 \(fn)" t nil)
12634 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
12635 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this file.
12636 The index is defined as the first node in the top level menu whose
12637 name contains the word \"Index\", plus any immediately following
12638 nodes whose names also contain the word \"Index\".
12639 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
12640 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
12641 Use the `,' command to see the other matches.
12642 Give a blank topic name to go to the Index node itself.
12644 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
12646 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
12647 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
12648 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12649 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12650 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'. COMMAND must be a symbol
12651 or string.
12653 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
12655 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
12656 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
12657 KEY is a string.
12658 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
12659 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12660 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12661 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
12663 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
12665 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
12666 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
12667 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
12669 \(fn)" t nil)
12671 ;;;***
12673 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
12674 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
12675 ;;;;;; (16213 43269))
12676 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
12678 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
12679 Throw away all cached data.
12680 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
12681 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
12682 system.
12684 \(fn)" t nil)
12686 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
12687 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
12688 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
12689 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
12690 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12691 The default symbol is the one found at point.
12693 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
12695 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
12697 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
12698 Display the documentation of a file.
12699 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
12700 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
12701 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12702 The default file name is the one found at point.
12704 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
12706 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
12708 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
12709 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
12711 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12713 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
12714 Perform completion on file preceding point.
12716 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12718 ;;;***
12720 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref"
12721 ;;;;;; "info-xref.el" (16213 43269))
12722 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
12724 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
12725 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
12727 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12729 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
12730 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
12731 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
12733 \(fn)" t nil)
12735 ;;;***
12737 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
12738 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (16213 43269))
12739 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
12741 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
12742 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
12744 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
12746 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
12747 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
12748 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
12750 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
12751 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
12752 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
12754 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
12755 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
12756 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
12757 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
12759 \(fn)" t nil)
12761 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
12762 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
12763 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
12765 \(fn)" t nil)
12767 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
12768 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
12769 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
12770 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
12771 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
12773 \(fn)" nil nil)
12775 ;;;***
12777 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
12778 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
12779 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
12780 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
12782 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12783 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
12785 \(fn)" t nil)
12787 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12788 Toggle input method in interactive search.
12790 \(fn)" t nil)
12792 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
12793 Not documented
12795 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
12797 ;;;***
12799 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
12800 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
12801 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
12803 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
12804 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
12805 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
12806 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
12807 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
12808 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
12810 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
12811 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
12813 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
12814 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
12815 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
12816 \"s gives German sharp s.
12817 /a gives a with ring.
12818 /e gives an a-e ligature.
12819 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
12820 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
12821 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
12823 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
12824 and a negative argument disables it.
12826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12828 ;;;***
12830 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
12831 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
12832 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
12833 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (16213 43274))
12834 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
12836 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
12837 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
12838 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12839 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12841 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12843 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
12844 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
12845 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12846 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12848 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12850 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
12851 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
12852 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12853 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12855 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12857 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12858 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12859 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12860 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12862 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12864 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12865 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12866 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12867 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12869 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12871 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
12872 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12873 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12874 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12876 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12878 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
12879 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12880 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12881 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12883 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12885 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
12886 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
12887 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12888 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12890 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12892 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12893 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12894 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12895 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12897 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12899 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12900 Warn that format is read-only.
12902 \(fn)" t nil)
12904 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12905 Warn that format is write-only.
12907 \(fn)" t nil)
12909 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
12910 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats.
12912 \(fn)" t nil)
12914 ;;;***
12916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
12917 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
12918 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
12919 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
12920 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
12921 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
12923 ;;;***
12925 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
12926 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
12927 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
12928 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
12929 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
12930 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (16213 43283))
12931 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
12933 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
12934 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
12935 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
12936 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
12938 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
12940 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
12941 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
12943 These will override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
12945 Customization changes made to `ispell-dictionary-alist' will not operate
12946 over emacs sessions. To make permanent changes to your dictionary
12947 definitions, you will need to make your changes in this variable, save,
12948 and then re-start emacs.")
12950 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
12952 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
12954 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
12956 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
12958 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
12960 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
12962 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
12964 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
12965 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
12967 Each element of this list is also a list:
12969 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
12970 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
12972 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
12973 nil means the default dictionary.
12975 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
12976 word.
12978 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
12980 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
12981 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
12982 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
12983 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
12984 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
12985 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
12986 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
12987 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
12988 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
12990 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
12991 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
12992 single word.
12994 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
12995 subprocess.
12997 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
12998 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
12999 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
13000 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
13001 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
13002 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
13003 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
13004 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
13006 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
13008 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
13009 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
13010 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
13012 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
13014 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
13015 Key map for ispell menu.")
13017 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
13018 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
13019 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
13020 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
13022 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
13024 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (if (fboundp (quote ispell-valid-dictionary-list)) (ispell-valid-dictionary-list) (mapcar (lambda (x) (or (car x) "default")) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dict-map (make-sparse-keymap "Dictionaries"))) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (if (not dicts) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default"))))) (fset (quote ispell-dict-map) dict-map) (define-key ispell-menu-map [dictionaries] (\` (menu-item "Select Dict" ispell-dict-map))) (dolist (name dicts) (define-key dict-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name)))))))))
13026 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
13028 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
13030 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
13032 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
13033 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
13034 The alist key must be a regular expression.
13035 Valid forms include:
13036 (KEY) - just skip the key.
13037 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
13038 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
13039 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
13041 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
13042 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
13043 First list is used raw.
13044 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
13046 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
13047 for skipping in latex mode.")
13049 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
13050 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
13051 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
13052 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
13053 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^
13054 >]\").")
13055 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
13057 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
13058 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
13059 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
13060 in a window allowing you to choose one.
13062 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
13063 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
13064 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
13065 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
13066 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
13068 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
13069 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
13071 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
13073 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
13074 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
13076 return values:
13077 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
13078 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
13079 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
13080 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
13081 quit spell session exited.
13083 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
13085 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
13086 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
13087 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
13089 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
13091 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
13092 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
13094 Selections are:
13096 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
13097 SPC: Accept word this time.
13098 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
13099 `a': Accept word for this session.
13100 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
13101 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
13102 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
13103 `?': Show these commands.
13104 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
13105 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
13106 the aborted check to be completed later.
13107 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
13108 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
13109 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
13110 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
13111 `C-l': redraws screen
13112 `C-r': recursive edit
13113 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
13115 \(fn)" nil nil)
13117 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
13118 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
13119 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
13121 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
13123 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
13124 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
13125 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
13127 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
13129 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary.
13131 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
13133 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
13134 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
13135 Return nil if spell session is quit,
13136 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
13138 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
13140 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
13141 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
13143 \(fn)" t nil)
13145 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
13146 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
13148 \(fn)" t nil)
13150 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
13151 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
13153 \(fn)" t nil)
13155 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
13156 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
13157 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
13158 sequence inside of a word.
13160 Standard ispell choices are then available.
13162 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
13164 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
13165 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
13167 \(fn)" t nil)
13169 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
13170 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
13171 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
13172 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
13174 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
13175 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
13176 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
13177 available on the net.
13179 \(fn)" t nil)
13181 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
13182 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
13183 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
13185 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
13186 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
13188 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
13189 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
13191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13193 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
13194 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
13195 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
13196 Don't check included messages.
13198 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
13199 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
13200 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
13202 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
13203 in your .emacs file:
13204 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
13205 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
13206 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
13207 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
13209 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
13210 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
13211 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
13213 \(fn)" t nil)
13215 ;;;***
13217 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
13218 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
13219 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (16213 43269))
13220 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
13222 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13223 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13224 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13225 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13226 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13227 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
13229 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13231 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
13232 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
13233 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
13234 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13236 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'.
13238 \(fn)" t nil)
13240 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13241 Switch to another buffer.
13243 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
13244 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
13245 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13246 in another frame.
13247 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13249 \(fn)" t nil)
13251 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
13252 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13253 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13254 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13256 \(fn)" t nil)
13258 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13259 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13260 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13261 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13263 \(fn)" t nil)
13265 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
13266 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13267 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13268 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13270 \(fn)" t nil)
13272 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
13273 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
13274 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13275 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13276 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
13278 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
13280 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
13281 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
13282 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
13283 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
13284 `iswitchb' for details.
13286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13288 ;;;***
13290 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
13291 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
13292 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
13293 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (16213 43280))
13294 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
13296 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
13297 Not documented
13299 \(fn)" nil nil)
13301 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
13302 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
13303 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13304 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13305 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
13306 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
13307 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
13308 necessary to represent OBJ.
13310 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
13312 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
13313 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
13314 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13315 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13317 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13319 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
13320 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
13321 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13322 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13323 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
13325 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
13327 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
13328 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
13329 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13330 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13332 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13334 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
13335 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
13336 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
13337 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13339 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
13341 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
13342 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
13344 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13346 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13347 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
13348 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13349 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13350 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
13352 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
13354 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13355 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
13356 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13357 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13358 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
13360 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
13362 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
13363 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
13364 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
13366 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
13368 ;;;***
13370 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (16213
13371 ;;;;;; 43269))
13372 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
13374 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
13375 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
13376 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
13377 that needs to be (re)fontified.
13378 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful.
13380 \(fn FUN &optional CONTEXTUAL)" nil nil)
13382 ;;;***
13384 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
13385 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (16213 43269))
13386 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
13388 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
13389 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
13390 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13391 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13392 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
13394 (custom-autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr")
13396 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13397 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
13398 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
13399 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
13401 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13403 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13404 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled.
13406 \(fn &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13408 ;;;***
13410 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
13411 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
13412 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
13413 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
13415 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
13416 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13417 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13418 decimal key must be specified.")
13420 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
13422 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
13423 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
13424 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13425 decimal key must be specified.")
13427 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
13429 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
13430 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13431 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13432 decimal key must be specified.")
13434 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13436 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
13437 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13438 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13439 decimal key must be specified.")
13441 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13443 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
13444 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
13445 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
13446 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
13447 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
13448 keys are bound.
13450 Setup Binding
13451 -------------------------------------------------------------
13452 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
13453 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
13454 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
13455 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
13456 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
13457 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
13458 in the global and local keymaps.
13460 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
13461 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
13463 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
13465 ;;;***
13467 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
13468 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
13469 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
13471 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
13472 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
13473 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
13475 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
13476 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
13477 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
13478 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
13479 shorter.
13481 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
13482 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
13483 the context of text formatting.
13485 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
13487 ;;;***
13489 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (16213
13490 ;;;;;; 43274))
13491 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
13493 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
13494 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
13495 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
13496 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
13497 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
13498 positions that contains the current selection.")
13500 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
13501 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
13502 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
13503 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
13504 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
13505 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
13506 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
13508 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13510 ;;;***
13512 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
13513 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
13514 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
13515 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (16213 43269))
13516 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
13517 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
13518 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
13519 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
13520 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
13521 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
13522 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
13523 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
13525 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
13526 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13527 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13528 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
13529 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
13530 Use \\[name-last-kbd-macro] to give it a permanent name.
13531 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined;
13533 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
13534 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
13535 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
13537 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
13538 defining the macro.
13540 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
13541 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13542 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13544 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13546 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
13547 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
13548 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13549 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
13550 or it can be given a name with \\[name-last-kbd-macro] and then invoked
13551 under that name.
13553 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
13554 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
13555 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
13557 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13559 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13560 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13561 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
13563 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
13564 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
13565 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
13566 for details on how to adjust or disable this behaviour.
13568 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
13569 others, use M-x name-last-kbd-macro.
13571 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
13573 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
13574 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13575 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13577 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
13578 macro.
13580 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
13581 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
13583 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
13584 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
13585 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
13587 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13588 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13590 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13592 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13593 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
13594 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13595 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
13597 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13599 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13600 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
13601 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13602 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
13604 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
13605 even after defining other macros, use \\[name-last-kbd-macro].
13607 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13609 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
13610 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
13611 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
13613 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13615 ;;;***
13617 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
13618 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (16213 43280))
13619 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
13621 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
13622 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
13623 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
13625 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
13626 Not documented
13628 \(fn)" nil nil)
13630 ;;;***
13632 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
13633 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
13634 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
13636 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
13638 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
13639 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
13641 \(fn)" t nil)
13643 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
13645 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
13646 Start or resume an Lm game.
13647 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
13648 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
13650 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
13651 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
13652 none / 1 | yes | no
13653 2 | yes | yes
13654 3 | no | yes
13655 4 | no | no
13657 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
13658 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
13659 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
13661 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
13663 ;;;***
13665 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
13666 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
13667 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (16213
13668 ;;;;;; 43280))
13669 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
13671 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
13672 Not documented
13674 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13676 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
13677 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
13678 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
13679 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
13680 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
13681 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
13683 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
13684 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
13686 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
13688 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
13689 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
13691 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13693 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
13694 Not documented
13696 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
13698 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
13699 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
13700 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
13701 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
13702 to compose.
13704 The return value is number of composed characters.
13706 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
13708 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
13709 Not documented
13711 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13713 ;;;***
13715 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
13716 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (16213 43274))
13717 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
13719 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
13720 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
13721 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
13722 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
13723 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
13724 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
13725 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
13726 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
13728 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
13729 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
13731 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13732 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
13734 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
13736 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
13737 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
13738 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
13739 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
13740 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
13741 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
13742 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
13743 a Unicode font with which to display them.
13745 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
13747 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
13748 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
13749 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display is't
13750 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
13752 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13753 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
13755 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
13757 ;;;***
13759 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
13760 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (16213 43269))
13761 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
13763 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
13764 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
13765 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
13766 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
13768 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
13770 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
13771 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
13772 JIT Lock's favor.
13774 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
13776 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
13777 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
13778 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
13779 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
13780 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
13781 for large buffers.
13783 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
13784 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
13785 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
13786 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
13787 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
13789 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
13790 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
13791 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
13792 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
13793 slow to keep up with your typing.
13795 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
13796 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
13797 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
13798 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
13799 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
13800 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
13802 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
13803 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
13804 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
13805 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
13807 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
13808 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
13809 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
13810 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
13812 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
13813 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
13814 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
13815 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
13816 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
13818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13820 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
13821 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
13823 \(fn)" nil nil)
13825 ;;;***
13827 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
13828 ;;;;;; (16239 25259))
13829 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
13831 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.lds" . ld-script-mode)))
13833 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
13834 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
13836 \(fn)" t nil)
13838 ;;;***
13840 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
13841 ;;;;;; (16213 43269))
13842 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
13844 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
13845 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
13847 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
13848 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
13850 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
13851 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
13853 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
13854 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
13855 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
13856 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
13857 for later transmission to Lisp job.
13858 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
13859 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
13860 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
13861 and transmit saved text.
13862 \\{ledit-mode-map}
13863 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
13864 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
13866 \(fn)" t nil)
13868 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
13869 Not documented
13871 \(fn)" nil nil)
13873 ;;;***
13875 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (16213 43281))
13876 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
13878 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
13879 Run Conway's Life simulation.
13880 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
13881 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
13882 generations (this defaults to 1).
13884 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
13886 ;;;***
13888 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (16213
13889 ;;;;;; 43269))
13890 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
13892 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
13893 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
13894 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
13895 is nil, raise an error.
13897 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
13899 ;;;***
13901 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
13902 ;;;;;; (16213 43269))
13903 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
13905 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
13906 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
13907 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
13909 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
13911 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
13912 Run the locate command with a filter.
13914 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
13915 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
13917 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
13919 ;;;***
13921 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (16213 43269))
13922 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
13924 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
13925 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
13926 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
13927 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
13928 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
13929 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
13930 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
13931 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
13932 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
13933 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
13934 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
13935 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
13936 uses the current buffer.
13938 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
13940 ;;;***
13942 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (16213
13943 ;;;;;; 43269))
13944 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
13946 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
13947 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
13949 \(fn)" t nil)
13951 ;;;***
13953 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
13954 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (16213
13955 ;;;;;; 43269))
13956 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
13958 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
13960 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
13962 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
13963 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
13964 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
13966 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
13967 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
13969 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
13970 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
13971 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
13972 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
13973 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
13974 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
13975 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
13977 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
13979 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
13980 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
13981 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
13982 switch on this list.
13983 See `lpr-command'.")
13985 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
13987 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
13988 *Name of program for printing a file.
13990 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
13991 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
13992 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
13993 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
13994 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
13995 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
13996 argument.")
13998 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
14000 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
14001 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
14002 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14003 for customization of the printer command.
14005 \(fn)" t nil)
14007 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
14008 Paginate and print buffer contents.
14010 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
14011 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
14012 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
14013 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
14015 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
14016 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
14018 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14019 for further customization of the printer command.
14021 \(fn)" t nil)
14023 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
14024 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
14025 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14026 for customization of the printer command.
14028 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14030 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
14031 Paginate and print the region contents.
14033 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
14034 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
14035 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
14036 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
14038 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
14039 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
14041 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14042 for further customization of the printer command.
14044 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14046 ;;;***
14048 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
14049 ;;;;;; (16213 43269))
14050 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
14052 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
14053 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
14054 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
14056 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
14058 ;;;***
14060 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (16213
14061 ;;;;;; 43272))
14062 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
14064 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
14065 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
14066 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
14068 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
14070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14072 ;;;***
14074 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (16213
14075 ;;;;;; 43282))
14076 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
14078 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
14079 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
14080 \\{m4-mode-map}
14082 \(fn)" t nil)
14084 ;;;***
14086 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
14087 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (16213 43269))
14088 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
14090 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
14091 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
14092 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
14093 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
14094 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
14096 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
14098 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
14099 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
14100 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
14101 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
14103 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
14104 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
14105 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
14106 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
14107 bindings.
14109 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
14110 use this command, and then save the file.
14112 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
14114 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
14115 Query user during kbd macro execution.
14116 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
14117 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
14118 each time the macro executes.
14119 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
14120 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
14121 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
14122 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
14123 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
14124 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
14125 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
14127 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
14129 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
14130 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
14131 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
14133 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
14134 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
14135 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
14136 execute.
14138 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
14139 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
14141 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
14142 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
14143 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
14144 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
14145 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
14147 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
14148 looked like this:
14150 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
14151 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
14152 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
14154 You could enter the names in this format:
14160 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
14162 \\C-x (
14163 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
14164 \\C-x )
14166 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
14167 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
14169 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
14170 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
14172 ;;;***
14174 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
14175 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (16213 43280))
14176 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
14178 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
14179 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
14180 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
14181 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
14182 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names'.
14184 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
14185 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
14186 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
14187 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
14188 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
14190 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
14191 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
14192 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
14193 consing a string.)
14195 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
14197 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
14198 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
14200 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
14202 ;;;***
14204 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
14205 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
14206 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
14207 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
14209 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
14210 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
14212 \(fn)" nil nil)
14214 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
14215 Not documented
14217 \(fn)" nil nil)
14219 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
14220 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
14222 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
14224 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
14225 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
14226 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
14227 message.
14229 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
14231 \(fn)" nil nil)
14233 ;;;***
14235 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
14236 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
14237 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (16213
14238 ;;;;;; 43280))
14239 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
14241 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
14242 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
14243 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
14244 often correct parser.")
14246 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
14248 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
14249 Not documented
14251 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14253 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
14254 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
14255 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14256 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14258 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
14260 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
14261 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
14262 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14263 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14265 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
14267 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
14268 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
14269 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14270 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14272 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
14274 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
14275 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
14276 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
14277 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
14278 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
14279 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
14281 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
14283 ;;;***
14285 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
14286 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (16250 35353))
14287 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
14289 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
14290 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
14292 \(fn)" nil nil)
14294 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
14295 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
14296 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
14298 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
14300 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
14301 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
14302 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
14304 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14306 ;;;***
14308 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
14309 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (16213
14310 ;;;;;; 43280))
14311 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
14313 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
14314 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
14315 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
14316 king@grassland.com
14317 If `parens', they look like:
14318 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14319 If `angles', they look like:
14320 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
14322 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
14324 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
14325 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
14326 If interactive, expand in header fields.
14327 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
14328 their `Resent-' variants.
14330 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
14331 removed from alias expansions.
14333 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
14335 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
14336 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
14337 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
14339 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
14340 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
14341 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
14342 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
14344 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14346 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
14347 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
14348 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
14349 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
14351 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14353 ;;;***
14355 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
14356 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
14357 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
14359 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
14360 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
14361 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
14363 \\{makefile-mode-map}
14365 In the browser, use the following keys:
14367 \\{makefile-browser-map}
14369 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
14371 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
14372 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
14374 `makefile-target-colon':
14375 The string that gets appended to all target names
14376 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
14377 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
14379 `makefile-macro-assign':
14380 The string that gets appended to all macro names
14381 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
14382 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
14383 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
14384 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
14385 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
14387 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
14388 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
14389 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
14391 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
14392 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
14394 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
14395 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
14396 up or down in the browser.
14398 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
14399 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
14401 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
14402 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
14404 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
14405 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
14406 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
14407 has been selected in the browser.
14409 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
14410 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
14411 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
14412 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
14413 filenames are omitted.
14415 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
14416 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
14417 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
14418 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
14419 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
14420 the backslash itself intact.
14421 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
14422 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
14424 `makefile-browser-hook':
14425 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
14426 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
14428 `makefile-special-targets-list':
14429 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
14430 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
14431 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
14433 \(fn)" t nil)
14435 ;;;***
14437 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (16213
14438 ;;;;;; 43269))
14439 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
14441 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
14442 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
14443 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
14445 \(fn)" t nil)
14447 ;;;***
14449 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (16247 63112))
14450 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
14452 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
14454 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
14455 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
14456 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
14457 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
14458 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
14459 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
14460 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
14462 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
14463 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
14464 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
14465 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
14467 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14469 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
14470 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
14472 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14474 ;;;***
14476 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (16213 43269))
14477 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
14479 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
14480 Toggle Master mode.
14481 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
14482 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
14483 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
14485 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
14486 following commands:
14488 \\{master-mode-map}
14490 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
14491 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
14492 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
14494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14496 ;;;***
14498 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (16213
14499 ;;;;;; 43269))
14500 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
14502 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
14504 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
14505 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
14506 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14507 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14508 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
14510 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
14512 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
14513 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
14514 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
14515 created in the future.
14516 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
14517 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
14519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14521 ;;;***
14523 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
14524 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
14525 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
14526 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
14527 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
14528 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
14529 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
14530 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
14531 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
14532 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (16213 43274))
14533 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
14535 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
14536 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
14538 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
14539 king@grassland.com
14540 If `parens', they look like:
14541 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14542 If `angles', they look like:
14543 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
14545 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
14546 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
14548 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
14550 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
14551 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
14553 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
14555 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
14556 *Local news organization file.")
14558 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
14560 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
14561 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
14562 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
14563 variable `mail-header-separator'.
14565 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
14566 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
14567 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
14569 See also `send-mail-function'.")
14571 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
14573 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
14574 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
14576 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
14578 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
14579 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
14581 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
14583 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
14584 *Function for citing an original message.
14585 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
14586 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
14587 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
14589 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
14591 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
14592 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
14593 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
14594 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
14595 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
14597 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
14599 (defvar message-signature t "\
14600 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
14601 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
14602 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
14603 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
14605 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
14607 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
14608 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
14609 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
14610 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
14612 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
14614 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
14616 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
14617 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
14618 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
14619 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
14620 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
14621 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
14622 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
14623 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
14624 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
14625 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
14626 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
14627 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
14628 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
14629 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
14630 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
14631 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
14632 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
14633 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
14634 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
14635 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
14636 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
14637 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
14638 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
14639 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
14640 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
14642 \(fn)" t nil)
14644 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
14645 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14646 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
14648 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
14650 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
14651 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14653 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14655 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
14656 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
14658 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
14660 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
14661 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
14663 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
14665 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
14666 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
14667 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
14669 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
14671 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
14672 Cancel an article you posted.
14673 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
14675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14677 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
14678 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
14679 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
14680 header line with the old Message-ID.
14682 \(fn)" t nil)
14684 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
14685 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
14687 \(fn)" t nil)
14689 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
14690 Forward the current message via mail.
14691 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
14692 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
14694 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
14696 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
14697 Not documented
14699 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
14701 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
14702 Not documented
14704 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
14706 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
14707 Let RMAIL uses message to forward.
14709 \(fn)" t nil)
14711 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
14712 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
14714 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
14716 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
14717 Re-mail the current message.
14718 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
14719 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
14720 you.
14722 \(fn)" t nil)
14724 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
14725 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
14727 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14729 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
14730 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
14732 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14734 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
14735 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14737 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14739 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
14740 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14742 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14744 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
14745 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
14746 Works by overstriking characters.
14747 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14748 which specify the range to operate on.
14750 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14752 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
14753 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
14754 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14755 which specify the range to operate on.
14757 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14759 ;;;***
14761 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
14762 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
14763 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
14765 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14766 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
14767 Special commands:
14768 \\{meta-mode-map}
14770 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
14771 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14773 \(fn)" t nil)
14775 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14776 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
14777 Special commands:
14778 \\{meta-mode-map}
14780 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
14781 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14783 \(fn)" t nil)
14785 ;;;***
14787 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
14788 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
14789 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
14790 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
14792 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
14793 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14794 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
14796 \(fn)" t nil)
14798 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
14799 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14800 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14801 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14802 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14803 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14804 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
14806 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14808 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
14809 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
14810 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14811 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14812 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14813 means current).
14814 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14815 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14817 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14819 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
14820 Process current region through 'metamail'.
14821 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14822 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14823 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14824 means current).
14825 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14826 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14828 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14830 ;;;***
14832 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-user-agent-compose
14833 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (16213
14834 ;;;;;; 43280))
14835 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
14837 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
14838 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
14839 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14840 to the MH mail system.
14842 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14844 \(fn)" t nil)
14846 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
14847 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14848 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14849 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
14850 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
14851 that want to create a mail buffer.
14852 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail.
14853 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and
14854 OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
14856 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
14858 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
14859 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14860 This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E.
14862 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
14863 initial Subject field, respectively.
14865 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional
14866 header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both
14867 HEADER and VALUE are strings.
14869 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored.
14871 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
14873 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
14874 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
14875 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14876 to the MH mail system.
14878 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14880 \(fn)" t nil)
14882 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
14883 Mode for composing letters in MH-E.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
14885 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
14886 using the MH mail handling system.
14888 There are two types of MIME directives used by MH-E: Gnus and MH. The option
14889 `mh-compose-insertion' controls what type of directives are inserted by MH-E
14890 commands. These directives can be converted to MIME body parts by running
14891 \\[mh-edit-mhn] for mhn directives or \\[mh-mml-to-mime] for Gnus directives.
14892 This step is mandatory if these directives are added manually. If the
14893 directives are inserted with MH-E commands such as \\[mh-compose-insertion],
14894 the directives are expanded automatically when the letter is sent.
14896 Options that control this mode can be changed with
14897 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh-compose\" group.
14899 When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and
14900 `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run.
14902 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
14904 \(fn)" t nil)
14905 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/drafts/[0-9]+\\'" . mh-letter-mode))
14907 ;;;***
14909 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el"
14910 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
14911 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
14913 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
14914 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH.
14915 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
14916 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14920 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\
14921 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
14922 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
14923 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14925 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14927 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
14928 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
14930 \(fn)" t nil)
14932 ;;;***
14934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" (16213 43280))
14935 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-utils.el
14937 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14939 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14941 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14943 (put (quote mh-nmh-flag) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14945 ;;;***
14947 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
14948 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (16213 43269))
14949 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
14951 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
14952 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
14953 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
14954 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
14955 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
14956 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
14957 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
14958 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
14959 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
14960 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
14961 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
14963 \(fn)" t nil)
14965 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
14966 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
14967 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
14968 to its second argument TM.
14970 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
14972 ;;;***
14974 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
14975 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (16213 43269))
14976 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
14978 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
14979 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
14980 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14981 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14982 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
14984 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
14986 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
14987 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
14988 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
14989 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
14990 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
14991 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
14992 default indication.
14994 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14995 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14999 ;;;***
15001 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
15002 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
15003 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
15005 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
15006 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
15007 \\{mixal-mode-map}
15009 \(fn)" t nil)
15011 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
15013 ;;;***
15015 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
15016 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
15017 ;;;;;; (16233 29568))
15018 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
15020 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
15021 Not documented
15023 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15025 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
15026 Not documented
15028 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15030 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
15031 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
15032 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
15033 PATTERN regexp.
15035 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
15037 ;;;***
15039 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
15040 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
15041 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
15043 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
15044 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
15045 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
15046 the entire message.
15047 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
15049 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
15051 ;;;***
15053 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
15054 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
15055 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
15057 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
15058 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
15060 \(fn)" nil nil)
15062 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
15063 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff.
15065 \(fn)" nil nil)
15067 ;;;***
15069 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
15070 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
15071 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
15073 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
15074 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
15075 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
15076 followed by the first character of the construct.
15077 \\<m2-mode-map>
15078 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
15079 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
15080 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
15081 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
15082 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
15083 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
15084 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
15085 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
15086 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
15087 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
15088 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
15089 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
15090 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
15091 \\[m2-link] link
15093 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
15094 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
15095 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
15097 \(fn)" t nil)
15099 ;;;***
15101 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
15102 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
15103 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
15105 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
15106 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
15108 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
15110 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
15111 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
15113 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
15115 ;;;***
15117 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (16213
15118 ;;;;;; 43269))
15119 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
15121 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
15122 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
15123 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15124 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15125 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
15127 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
15129 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
15130 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
15131 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
15132 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
15134 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
15136 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
15138 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
15140 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
15141 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
15142 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
15143 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
15144 Triple-clicking selects lines.
15145 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
15147 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
15148 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
15149 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
15150 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
15151 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
15153 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
15154 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
15156 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
15157 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
15159 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
15161 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
15162 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
15163 primary selection and region.
15165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15167 ;;;***
15169 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (16213 43281))
15170 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
15172 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
15173 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
15175 \(fn)" t nil)
15177 ;;;***
15179 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (16213 43269))
15180 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
15182 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
15183 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
15184 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15185 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15186 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
15188 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
15190 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
15191 Toggle Msb mode.
15192 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
15193 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
15194 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
15196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15198 ;;;***
15200 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
15201 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
15202 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
15203 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
15204 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
15205 ;;;;;; (16216 22163))
15206 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
15208 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
15209 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
15210 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
15211 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
15212 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
15213 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
15214 set of ISO charsets.
15216 Each element has the following format:
15217 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
15219 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
15221 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
15222 CHARSET are mapped.
15224 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
15225 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
15226 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
15227 character code in CHARSET.
15229 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
15230 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
15231 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
15233 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
15234 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
15235 TO2, or...
15236 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
15237 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
15239 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
15240 Display a list of all character sets.
15242 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
15243 internal Emacs use.
15245 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
15246 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
15247 hexadecimal digits.
15248 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
15249 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
15251 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
15252 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
15253 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
15254 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
15256 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
15257 but still shows the full information.
15259 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15261 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
15262 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15263 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
15264 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
15265 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
15267 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
15268 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
15269 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
15270 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
15271 detailed meanings of these arguments.
15273 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15275 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
15276 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
15277 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
15278 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
15279 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
15281 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
15283 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
15284 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
15286 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
15288 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
15289 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
15291 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
15293 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
15294 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
15296 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
15297 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
15298 in place of `..':
15299 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
15300 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
15301 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
15302 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
15303 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
15304 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
15305 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
15306 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
15307 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
15308 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
15309 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15310 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15311 `default-process-coding-system' for read
15312 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
15313 `default-process-coding-system' for write
15314 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
15316 \(fn)" t nil)
15318 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
15319 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
15321 \(fn)" t nil)
15323 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
15324 Display a list of all coding systems.
15325 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
15327 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
15328 but still contains full information about each coding system.
15330 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15332 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
15333 Display a list of all coding categories.
15335 \(fn)" nil nil)
15337 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
15338 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
15340 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
15342 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
15343 Display information about FONTSET.
15344 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
15346 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
15348 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
15349 Display a list of all fontsets.
15350 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
15351 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
15352 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
15354 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15356 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
15357 Display information about all input methods.
15359 \(fn)" t nil)
15361 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
15362 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
15364 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
15365 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
15366 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
15367 system which uses fontsets).
15369 \(fn)" t nil)
15371 ;;;***
15373 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
15374 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
15375 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
15376 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
15377 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
15378 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (16213 43274))
15379 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
15381 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
15382 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
15383 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
15385 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
15387 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "21.4")
15389 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
15390 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
15392 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
15393 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
15395 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
15396 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
15398 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
15400 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
15401 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
15402 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
15403 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
15404 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
15405 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
15406 buffer; see also `char-width'.
15408 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
15409 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
15410 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
15411 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
15412 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
15413 middle of a character in STR.
15415 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
15416 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
15418 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
15419 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
15420 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
15421 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
15422 defaults to \"...\".
15424 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
15426 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
15428 (make-obsolete (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width) "20.1")
15430 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
15431 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
15433 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
15434 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
15435 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
15437 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
15438 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
15439 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
15441 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15442 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
15443 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
15444 is considered.
15445 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
15446 longer than KEYSEQ.
15447 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
15449 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
15451 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15452 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
15453 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
15454 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
15455 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
15456 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
15457 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
15458 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
15459 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
15460 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
15461 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
15463 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
15465 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15466 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
15468 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15470 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15471 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
15473 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15475 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
15476 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
15478 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15480 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
15481 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
15483 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15485 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
15486 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
15487 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
15488 or one is an alias of the other.
15490 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM-1 CODING-SYSTEM-2)" nil nil)
15492 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
15493 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
15494 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
15495 coding systems ordered by priority.
15497 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
15499 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
15500 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
15501 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
15502 language environment LANG-ENV.
15504 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
15506 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
15507 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
15508 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
15509 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
15510 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
15511 basis, this may not be accurate.
15513 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15515 ;;;***
15517 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
15518 ;;;;;; (16213 43269))
15519 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
15521 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
15522 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
15523 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15524 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15525 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
15527 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
15529 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
15530 Toggle mouse wheel support.
15531 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15532 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15536 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
15537 Enable mouse wheel support.
15539 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
15541 ;;;***
15543 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
15544 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig dns-lookup-host
15545 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
15546 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (16213 43280))
15547 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
15549 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
15550 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
15552 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
15554 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
15555 Ping HOST.
15556 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
15557 `ping-program-options'.
15559 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15561 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
15562 Run ipconfig program.
15564 \(fn)" t nil)
15566 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
15568 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
15569 Run netstat program.
15571 \(fn)" t nil)
15573 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
15574 Run the arp program.
15576 \(fn)" t nil)
15578 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
15579 Run the route program.
15581 \(fn)" t nil)
15583 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15584 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
15586 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15588 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
15589 Run nslookup program.
15591 \(fn)" t nil)
15593 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15594 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
15596 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15598 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
15599 Run dig program.
15601 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15603 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
15604 Run ftp program.
15606 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
15608 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
15609 Finger USER on HOST.
15611 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
15613 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
15614 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
15615 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
15616 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
15618 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
15620 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
15621 Not documented
15623 \(fn)" t nil)
15625 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
15626 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
15628 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
15630 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
15631 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
15633 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
15635 ;;;***
15637 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region
15638 ;;;;;; comment-region uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column
15639 ;;;;;; comment-indent comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars
15640 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
15641 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (16213 43269))
15642 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
15644 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
15646 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
15648 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
15650 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
15652 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
15653 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
15654 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
15655 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
15656 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
15657 Major modes should set this variable.")
15659 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
15660 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
15661 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
15662 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
15663 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
15664 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
15666 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
15668 (defvar comment-start nil "\
15669 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
15671 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
15672 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
15673 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
15674 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
15676 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
15677 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
15679 (defvar comment-end "" "\
15680 *String to insert to end a new comment.
15681 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
15683 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
15684 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
15685 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
15686 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
15687 column indentation or nil.
15688 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
15690 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
15691 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
15692 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
15694 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
15696 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
15697 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
15698 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
15699 of the corresponding number of spaces.
15701 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
15702 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
15704 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
15706 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
15707 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
15708 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
15710 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
15712 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
15713 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
15714 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
15715 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
15716 the variables are properly set.
15718 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
15720 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
15721 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
15723 \(fn)" nil nil)
15725 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
15726 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
15727 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
15729 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
15731 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
15732 Set the comment column based on point.
15733 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
15734 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
15735 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
15736 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
15738 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15740 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
15741 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
15742 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
15744 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15746 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15747 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
15748 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
15749 comment markers.
15751 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15753 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
15754 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
15755 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
15756 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
15757 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
15758 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
15759 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
15760 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
15762 The strings used as comment starts are built from
15763 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
15765 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15767 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15768 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
15769 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
15770 is passed on to the respective function.
15772 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15774 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
15775 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
15776 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
15777 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
15778 case it calls `uncomment-region').
15779 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
15780 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
15781 Else, call `comment-indent'.
15783 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15785 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
15786 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
15787 This indents the body of the continued comment
15788 under the previous comment line.
15790 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
15791 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
15792 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
15794 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
15795 or comment indentation.
15797 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
15798 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
15800 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
15802 ;;;***
15804 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (16213
15805 ;;;;;; 43274))
15806 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
15808 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
15809 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
15810 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
15811 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
15812 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
15813 symbol in the alist.
15815 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
15817 ;;;***
15819 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
15820 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
15821 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
15823 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
15824 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
15825 This command does not work if you use short group names.
15827 \(fn)" t nil)
15829 ;;;***
15831 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
15832 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
15833 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
15835 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
15836 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
15837 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
15839 \(fn)" t nil)
15841 ;;;***
15843 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
15844 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
15845 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
15847 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
15848 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
15850 \(fn)" t nil)
15852 ;;;***
15854 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
15855 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (16213 43274))
15856 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
15858 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
15859 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
15861 \(fn)" t nil)
15863 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15864 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
15866 \(fn)" t nil)
15868 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15869 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
15871 \(fn)" t nil)
15873 ;;;***
15875 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
15876 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (16213 43269))
15877 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
15879 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
15880 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
15881 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
15883 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" "\
15884 Not documented
15886 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15888 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
15889 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
15890 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15891 to future sessions.
15893 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15895 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
15896 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
15897 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15898 to future sessions.
15900 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15902 ;;;***
15904 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
15905 ;;;;;; (16213 43283))
15906 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
15908 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
15909 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
15910 \\{nroff-mode-map}
15911 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
15912 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
15913 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
15915 \(fn)" t nil)
15917 ;;;***
15919 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
15920 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
15921 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
15923 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
15924 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
15925 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
15926 specified by `octave-help-files'.
15927 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
15929 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15931 ;;;***
15933 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
15934 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
15935 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
15937 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
15938 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
15939 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
15941 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
15943 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
15944 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
15946 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
15947 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
15948 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
15950 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15952 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
15954 ;;;***
15956 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
15957 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
15958 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
15960 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
15961 Major mode for editing Octave code.
15963 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
15964 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
15965 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
15966 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
15968 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
15969 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
15970 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
15971 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
15972 is why you need this mode!).
15974 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
15975 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
15976 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
15978 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
15980 Keybindings
15981 ===========
15983 \\{octave-mode-map}
15985 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
15986 ==============================================
15988 octave-auto-indent
15989 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
15990 Default is nil.
15992 octave-auto-newline
15993 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
15994 Default is nil.
15996 octave-blink-matching-block
15997 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
15998 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
16000 octave-block-offset
16001 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
16002 Default is 2.
16004 octave-continuation-offset
16005 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
16006 Default is 4.
16008 octave-continuation-string
16009 String used for Octave continuation lines.
16010 Default is a backslash.
16012 octave-mode-startup-message
16013 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
16014 Default is t.
16016 octave-send-echo-input
16017 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
16018 command to the inferior Octave process.
16020 octave-send-line-auto-forward
16021 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
16022 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
16024 octave-send-echo-input
16025 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
16027 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
16029 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
16030 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
16032 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
16033 (setq auto-mode-alist
16034 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
16036 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
16037 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
16039 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
16040 (lambda ()
16041 (abbrev-mode 1)
16042 (auto-fill-mode 1)
16043 (if (eq window-system 'x)
16044 (font-lock-mode 1))))
16046 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
16047 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
16048 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
16049 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
16051 \(fn)" t nil)
16053 ;;;***
16055 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
16056 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
16057 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
16059 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
16060 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
16061 It is now better to use Customize instead.
16063 \(fn)" t nil)
16065 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
16066 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
16067 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
16068 in which there are commands to set the option values.
16069 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
16071 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
16073 \(fn)" t nil)
16075 ;;;***
16077 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
16078 ;;;;;; (16213 43269))
16079 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
16081 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
16082 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
16083 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
16084 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
16086 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
16087 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
16088 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
16089 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
16091 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
16092 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
16093 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
16094 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
16095 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
16096 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
16098 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
16099 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
16100 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
16102 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
16103 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
16104 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
16105 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
16106 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
16107 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
16108 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
16109 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
16110 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
16111 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
16112 The subheadings remain visible.
16113 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
16115 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
16116 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
16117 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
16119 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
16120 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
16122 \(fn)" t nil)
16124 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
16125 Toggle Outline minor mode.
16126 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
16127 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
16129 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16131 ;;;***
16133 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (16213 43269))
16134 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
16136 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
16137 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
16138 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16139 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16140 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
16142 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
16144 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
16145 Toggle Show Paren mode.
16146 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
16147 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
16149 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
16150 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
16152 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16154 ;;;***
16156 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
16157 ;;;;;; (16243 62806))
16158 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
16160 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
16161 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
16162 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
16163 unknown are returned as nil.
16165 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16167 ;;;***
16169 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (16213
16170 ;;;;;; 43282))
16171 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
16173 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
16174 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
16175 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16177 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
16178 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
16180 Other useful functions are:
16182 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
16183 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
16184 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
16185 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
16186 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
16187 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
16188 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
16189 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
16190 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
16192 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
16194 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
16195 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
16196 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
16197 Indentation for case statements.
16198 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
16199 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
16200 mark after an end.
16201 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
16202 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
16203 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
16204 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
16205 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16206 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
16207 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
16208 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
16209 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
16210 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
16212 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
16213 pascal-separator-keywords.
16215 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
16216 no args, if that value is non-nil.
16218 \(fn)" t nil)
16220 ;;;***
16222 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
16223 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
16224 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
16226 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
16227 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
16228 The keys affected are:
16229 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
16230 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
16231 M-Backspace does undo.
16232 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
16233 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
16234 C-Escape does list-buffers.
16236 \(fn)" t nil)
16238 ;;;***
16240 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
16241 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (16213 43273))
16242 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
16244 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
16245 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
16246 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16247 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16248 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
16250 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
16252 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
16253 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
16255 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
16257 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
16258 which modify the status of the mark.
16260 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
16261 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
16263 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
16264 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
16266 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
16267 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
16268 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
16269 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
16270 turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
16272 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
16273 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
16275 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
16276 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
16277 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
16279 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
16280 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
16281 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
16283 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
16284 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
16286 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
16287 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
16288 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
16290 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
16291 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
16292 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
16294 F6 other-window
16295 DELETE delete-char
16296 C-DELETE kill-line
16297 M-DELETE kill-word
16298 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
16299 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
16300 M-BACKSPACE undo
16302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16304 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
16305 Toggle PC Selection mode.
16306 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
16307 and cursor movement commands.
16308 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
16309 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
16311 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
16313 ;;;***
16315 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (16213
16316 ;;;;;; 43269))
16317 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
16319 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
16320 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
16322 \(fn)" nil nil)
16324 ;;;***
16326 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
16327 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (16213 43269))
16328 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
16330 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16331 Completion for `gzip'.
16333 \(fn)" nil nil)
16335 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16336 Completion for `bzip2'.
16338 \(fn)" nil nil)
16340 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16341 Completion for GNU `make'.
16343 \(fn)" nil nil)
16345 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16346 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
16348 \(fn)" nil nil)
16350 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16352 ;;;***
16354 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
16355 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (16213 43269))
16356 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
16358 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16359 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
16361 \(fn)" nil nil)
16363 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16364 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
16366 \(fn)" nil nil)
16368 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16369 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
16371 \(fn)" nil nil)
16373 ;;;***
16375 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (16213
16376 ;;;;;; 43269))
16377 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
16379 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
16380 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
16381 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
16382 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
16383 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
16384 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
16386 \(fn)" nil nil)
16388 ;;;***
16390 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
16391 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
16392 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (16213 43269))
16393 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
16395 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16396 Completion for `cd'.
16398 \(fn)" nil nil)
16400 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
16402 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16403 Completion for `rmdir'.
16405 \(fn)" nil nil)
16407 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16408 Completion for `rm'.
16410 \(fn)" nil nil)
16412 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16413 Completion for `xargs'.
16415 \(fn)" nil nil)
16417 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16419 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16420 Completion for `which'.
16422 \(fn)" nil nil)
16424 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16425 Completion for the `chown' command.
16427 \(fn)" nil nil)
16429 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16430 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
16432 \(fn)" nil nil)
16434 ;;;***
16436 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
16437 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
16438 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (16213
16439 ;;;;;; 43269))
16440 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
16442 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
16443 Support extensible programmable completion.
16444 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
16445 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
16447 \(fn)" t nil)
16449 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
16450 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
16452 \(fn)" t nil)
16454 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
16455 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16456 This will modify the current buffer.
16458 \(fn)" t nil)
16460 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
16461 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
16463 \(fn)" t nil)
16465 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
16466 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16467 This will modify the current buffer.
16469 \(fn)" t nil)
16471 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
16472 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
16474 \(fn)" t nil)
16476 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
16477 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
16479 \(fn)" t nil)
16481 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16482 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
16483 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
16484 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
16485 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
16487 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
16489 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16490 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
16492 \(fn)" nil nil)
16494 ;;;***
16496 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
16497 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
16498 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (16249 12135))
16499 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
16501 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
16502 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
16503 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
16504 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16506 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
16508 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS)" t nil)
16510 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
16511 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
16512 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16513 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16514 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16515 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16516 FLAGS is ignored.
16518 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
16520 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
16521 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
16522 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
16523 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16524 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16525 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16526 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16527 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16529 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16531 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
16532 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16533 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16534 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16535 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16536 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16537 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
16538 passed to cvs.
16540 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
16542 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
16543 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16544 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16545 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16546 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16547 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16548 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16550 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16552 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
16554 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
16555 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
16556 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
16558 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
16560 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
16561 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
16562 nil means never do it.
16563 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
16564 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
16565 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
16567 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
16569 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
16570 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
16571 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
16573 ;;;***
16575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (16213 43269))
16576 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
16578 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
16580 ;;;***
16582 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
16583 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
16584 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
16586 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
16587 Major mode for editing Perl code.
16588 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
16589 Tab indents for Perl code.
16590 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
16591 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16592 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16593 \\{perl-mode-map}
16594 Variables controlling indentation style:
16595 `perl-tab-always-indent'
16596 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
16597 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16598 `perl-tab-to-comment'
16599 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
16600 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
16601 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
16602 `perl-nochange'
16603 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
16604 `perl-indent-level'
16605 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
16606 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
16607 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
16608 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
16609 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
16610 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
16611 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
16612 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
16613 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
16614 `perl-brace-offset'
16615 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
16616 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
16617 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
16618 this far to the right of the start of its line.
16619 `perl-label-offset'
16620 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
16621 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
16622 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
16624 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
16625 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
16626 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
16627 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
16628 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
16629 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
16630 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
16632 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
16634 \(fn)" t nil)
16636 ;;;***
16638 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
16639 ;;;;;; (16213 43283))
16640 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
16642 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
16643 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
16644 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
16645 afterwards settable by these commands:
16646 C-c < Move left after insertion.
16647 C-c > Move right after insertion.
16648 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
16649 C-c . Move down after insertion.
16650 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
16651 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
16652 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
16653 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
16654 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
16655 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
16656 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
16657 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
16658 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
16659 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
16660 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
16661 with these commands:
16662 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
16663 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
16664 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
16665 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
16666 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
16667 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
16668 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
16669 Return Move to beginning of next line.
16670 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
16671 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
16672 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
16673 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
16674 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
16675 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
16676 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
16677 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
16678 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
16679 You can manipulate text with these commands:
16680 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
16681 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
16682 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
16683 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
16684 text is saved in the kill ring.
16685 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
16686 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
16687 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
16688 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
16689 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
16690 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
16691 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
16692 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
16693 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
16694 commands if invoked soon enough.
16695 You can return to the previous mode with:
16696 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
16697 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
16699 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
16701 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
16702 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
16704 \(fn)" t nil)
16706 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
16708 ;;;***
16710 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
16711 ;;;;;; (16213 43283))
16712 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
16714 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
16715 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
16716 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
16718 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16720 ;;;***
16722 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (16213 43281))
16723 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
16725 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
16726 Play pong and waste time.
16727 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
16728 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
16730 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
16732 \\{pong-mode-map}
16734 \(fn)" t nil)
16736 ;;;***
16738 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string)
16739 ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (16213 43273))
16740 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
16742 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
16743 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
16744 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
16745 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
16747 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
16749 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
16750 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
16751 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
16752 can handle, whenever this is possible.
16753 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
16755 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
16757 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
16758 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
16759 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
16760 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
16761 in the variable `values'.
16763 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
16765 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
16766 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
16767 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
16768 Ignores leading comment characters.
16770 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16772 ;;;***
16774 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
16775 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
16776 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
16777 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
16778 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
16779 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
16780 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
16781 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
16782 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
16783 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
16784 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
16785 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
16786 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
16787 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
16788 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
16789 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
16790 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
16791 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
16792 ;;;;;; (16213 43270))
16793 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
16795 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
16796 Activate the printing interface buffer.
16798 If BUFFER is nil, it uses the current buffer for printing.
16800 For more informations, type \\[pr-interface-help].
16802 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16804 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
16805 Preview directory using ghostview.
16807 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16808 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16809 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16810 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16812 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16813 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16814 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16815 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16816 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16817 file name.
16819 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16821 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16823 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16824 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
16826 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16827 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16828 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16829 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16831 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16832 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16833 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16834 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16835 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16836 file name.
16838 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16840 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16842 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
16843 Print directory using PostScript printer.
16845 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16846 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16847 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16848 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16850 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16851 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16852 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16853 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16854 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16855 file name.
16857 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16859 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16861 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
16862 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16864 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
16866 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16867 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16868 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16869 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16871 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16872 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16873 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16874 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16875 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16876 file name.
16878 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16880 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16882 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
16883 Preview buffer using ghostview.
16885 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16886 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16887 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16889 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16890 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
16891 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
16892 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16894 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16896 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16897 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
16899 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16900 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16901 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16903 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16904 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16905 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16906 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16908 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16910 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
16911 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
16913 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16914 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16915 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16917 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16918 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16919 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16920 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16922 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16924 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
16925 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16927 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
16929 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16930 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16931 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16933 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16934 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16935 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16936 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16938 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16940 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
16941 Preview region using ghostview.
16943 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
16945 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16947 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16948 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
16950 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
16952 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16954 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
16955 Print region using PostScript printer.
16957 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
16959 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16961 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
16962 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16964 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
16966 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16968 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
16969 Preview major mode using ghostview.
16971 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
16973 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16975 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16976 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
16978 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
16980 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16982 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
16983 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
16985 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
16987 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16989 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
16990 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
16992 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
16994 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16996 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
16997 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
16998 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
16999 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
17001 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
17002 matching.
17004 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
17005 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
17007 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
17009 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
17011 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
17012 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
17013 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
17014 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
17016 \(fn)" t nil)
17018 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
17019 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
17020 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
17021 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
17023 \(fn)" t nil)
17025 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
17026 Print directory using text printer.
17028 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
17029 matching.
17031 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
17032 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
17034 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
17036 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
17038 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
17039 Print buffer using text printer.
17041 \(fn)" t nil)
17043 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
17044 Print region using text printer.
17046 \(fn)" t nil)
17048 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
17049 Print major mode using text printer.
17051 \(fn)" t nil)
17053 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
17054 Preview spooled PostScript.
17056 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17057 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17058 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
17060 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17061 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
17062 PostScript image in a file with that name.
17064 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17066 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17067 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
17069 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17070 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17071 instead of sending it to the printer.
17073 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17074 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17075 image in a file with that name.
17077 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17079 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
17080 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
17082 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17083 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17084 instead of sending it to the printer.
17086 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17087 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17088 image in a file with that name.
17090 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17092 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
17093 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
17095 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17096 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17097 instead of sending it to the printer.
17099 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17100 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17101 image in a file with that name.
17103 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17105 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
17106 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
17108 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17110 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
17111 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
17113 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
17115 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17116 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
17118 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17120 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
17121 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
17123 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17125 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
17126 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
17128 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17130 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
17131 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
17133 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
17134 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
17135 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
17136 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
17138 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
17139 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
17140 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
17141 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
17142 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
17143 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
17144 file name.
17146 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
17148 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
17149 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
17151 \(fn)" t nil)
17153 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
17154 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
17156 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
17157 right.
17158 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
17159 bottom.
17161 \(fn)" t nil)
17163 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
17164 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
17166 \(fn)" t nil)
17168 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17169 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
17171 \(fn)" t nil)
17173 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
17174 Toggle printing with faces.
17176 \(fn)" t nil)
17178 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
17179 Toggle spooling.
17181 \(fn)" t nil)
17183 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
17184 Toggle duplex.
17186 \(fn)" t nil)
17188 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
17189 Toggle tumble.
17191 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
17192 right.
17193 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
17194 bottom.
17196 \(fn)" t nil)
17198 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
17199 Toggle landscape.
17201 \(fn)" t nil)
17203 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
17204 Toggle upside-down.
17206 \(fn)" t nil)
17208 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
17209 Toggle line number.
17211 \(fn)" t nil)
17213 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
17214 Toggle zebra stripes.
17216 \(fn)" t nil)
17218 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
17219 Toggle printing header.
17221 \(fn)" t nil)
17223 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
17224 Toggle printing header frame.
17226 \(fn)" t nil)
17228 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
17229 Toggle menu lock.
17231 \(fn)" t nil)
17233 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
17234 Toggle auto region.
17236 \(fn)" t nil)
17238 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
17239 Toggle auto mode.
17241 \(fn)" t nil)
17243 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
17244 Customization of `printing' group.
17246 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17248 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
17249 Customization of `lpr' group.
17251 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17253 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
17254 Help for printing package.
17256 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17258 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
17259 Select interactively a PostScript printer.
17261 \(fn)" t nil)
17263 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
17264 Select interactively a text printer.
17266 \(fn)" t nil)
17268 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
17269 Select interactively a PostScript utility.
17271 \(fn)" t nil)
17273 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
17274 Show current ps-print settings.
17276 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17278 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
17279 Show current printing settings.
17281 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17283 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
17284 Show current lpr settings.
17286 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17288 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
17289 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
17291 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
17292 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
17293 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
17294 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
17297 Interactively, you have the following situations:
17299 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17300 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
17301 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
17303 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17304 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17305 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
17306 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
17307 current active printer.
17309 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17310 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
17311 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
17312 printer.
17314 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17315 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
17316 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
17317 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
17318 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
17321 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
17322 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
17324 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
17326 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
17327 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
17328 be done using the new current active printer.
17330 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
17331 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
17332 printer.
17334 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
17335 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
17336 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
17337 instead of sending it to the printer.
17339 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
17340 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
17341 printer.
17343 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
17346 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
17347 are both set to t.
17349 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
17351 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
17352 Fast fire function for text printing.
17354 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
17355 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
17356 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
17357 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
17359 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17360 user for a new active text printer.
17362 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
17364 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
17366 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
17367 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
17368 printer.
17370 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
17372 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
17373 are both set to t.
17375 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
17377 ;;;***
17379 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
17380 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
17381 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
17383 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
17384 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
17385 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
17386 Commands:
17387 \\{prolog-mode-map}
17388 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
17389 if that value is non-nil.
17391 \(fn)" t nil)
17393 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
17394 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
17396 \(fn)" t nil)
17398 ;;;***
17400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (16213 43271))
17401 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
17403 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
17404 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
17405 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
17407 ;;;***
17409 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (16213
17410 ;;;;;; 43282))
17411 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
17413 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
17414 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
17416 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
17418 The following variables hold user options, and can
17419 be set through the `customize' command:
17421 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
17422 `ps-mode-tab'
17423 `ps-mode-paper-size'
17424 `ps-mode-print-function'
17425 `ps-run-prompt'
17426 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
17427 `ps-run-x'
17428 `ps-run-dumb'
17429 `ps-run-init'
17430 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
17431 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
17433 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
17436 \\{ps-mode-map}
17439 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
17440 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
17441 The keymap for this second window is:
17443 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
17446 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
17447 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
17448 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
17449 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
17450 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
17452 \(fn)" t nil)
17454 ;;;***
17456 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
17457 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
17458 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
17459 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (16213 43271))
17460 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
17462 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
17463 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
17465 Valid values are:
17467 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
17468 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
17469 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
17470 changed by setting the variable
17471 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
17472 The initial value of this variable is
17473 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
17474 documentation).
17476 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
17477 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
17478 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
17479 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
17480 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
17481 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
17482 test it.
17484 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
17485 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
17486 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
17487 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
17488 source file. BDF fonts are included in
17489 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
17490 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
17491 use this value, be sure to have installed
17492 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
17493 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
17494 documentation of this variable).
17496 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
17497 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
17498 characters. This is convenient when you want or
17499 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
17500 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
17501 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
17503 Any other value is treated as nil.")
17505 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
17507 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
17508 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
17509 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
17511 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
17513 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
17514 Not documented
17516 \(fn)" nil nil)
17518 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
17519 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
17521 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
17523 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
17525 Returns the value:
17527 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
17529 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
17530 the sequence.
17532 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
17534 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
17535 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
17537 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
17538 composition.
17540 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
17542 Returns the value:
17544 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
17546 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
17547 the sequence.
17549 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
17551 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
17552 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
17554 \(fn)" nil nil)
17556 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
17557 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
17558 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
17560 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
17562 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
17563 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings.
17565 \(fn)" nil nil)
17567 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
17568 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
17569 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
17571 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
17573 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
17574 Not documented
17576 \(fn)" nil nil)
17578 ;;;***
17580 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
17581 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
17582 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
17583 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
17584 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
17585 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (16213
17586 ;;;;;; 43271))
17587 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
17589 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
17590 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
17591 See `ps-paper-type'.")
17593 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
17595 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
17596 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
17597 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
17598 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
17600 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
17602 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
17603 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
17605 Valid values are:
17607 nil Do not print colors.
17609 t Print colors.
17611 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
17612 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
17614 Any other value is treated as t.")
17616 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
17618 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
17619 Customization of ps-print group.
17621 \(fn)" t nil)
17623 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17624 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
17626 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
17627 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
17628 sending it to the printer.
17630 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17631 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17632 image in a file with that name.
17634 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17636 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17637 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
17638 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17639 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17640 so it has a way to determine color values.
17642 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17644 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
17645 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
17646 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
17648 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17650 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17651 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
17652 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17653 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17654 so it has a way to determine color values.
17656 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17658 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17659 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
17660 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
17661 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
17663 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17665 \(fn)" t nil)
17667 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17668 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
17669 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17670 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17671 so it has a way to determine color values.
17673 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17675 \(fn)" t nil)
17677 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
17678 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
17679 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
17681 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17683 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17685 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17686 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
17687 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17688 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17689 so it has a way to determine color values.
17691 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17693 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17695 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
17696 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
17698 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
17699 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17700 instead of sending it to the printer.
17702 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17703 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17704 image in a file with that name.
17706 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17708 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
17709 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
17710 Done using the current ps-print setup.
17711 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
17712 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
17714 \(fn)" t nil)
17716 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17717 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
17718 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
17720 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
17722 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
17723 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
17724 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
17726 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
17728 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
17729 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
17731 \(fn)" nil nil)
17733 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
17734 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
17736 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
17737 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
17739 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
17740 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
17742 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
17744 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
17746 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
17748 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
17749 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
17751 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
17752 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
17754 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
17755 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
17757 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
17759 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
17761 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
17763 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
17764 foreground and background colors respectively.
17766 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
17767 bold - use bold font.
17768 italic - use italic font.
17769 underline - put a line under text.
17770 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
17771 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
17772 shadow - text will have a shadow.
17773 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
17774 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
17776 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
17778 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
17780 ;;;***
17782 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
17783 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
17784 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
17785 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
17786 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (16213 43279))
17787 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
17789 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
17790 Return the title of the current Quail package.
17792 \(fn)" nil nil)
17794 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
17795 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
17796 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
17798 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
17799 `quail-activate', which see.
17801 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
17803 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
17804 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
17805 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
17806 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
17807 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
17808 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
17809 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
17811 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
17812 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
17813 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
17814 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
17815 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
17816 shown.
17817 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
17819 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
17820 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
17821 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
17822 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
17823 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
17824 list of candidates.
17826 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
17827 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
17828 command to be called.
17830 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
17831 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
17832 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
17833 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
17835 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
17836 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
17837 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
17838 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
17839 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
17840 to t.
17842 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
17843 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
17844 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
17845 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
17847 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
17848 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
17849 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
17850 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
17852 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
17853 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
17854 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
17855 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
17856 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
17857 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
17859 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
17860 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
17861 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
17862 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
17863 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
17864 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
17866 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
17867 covers Quail translation region.
17869 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
17870 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
17871 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
17872 for it) is inserted.
17874 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
17875 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
17876 vs. corresponding command to be called.
17878 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
17879 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
17880 non-Quail commands.
17882 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
17884 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
17885 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
17887 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
17888 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
17889 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
17890 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
17891 you type is correctly handled.
17893 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
17895 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
17896 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
17898 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
17899 keyboard type.
17901 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
17903 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
17904 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
17905 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
17906 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
17907 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
17908 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
17909 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
17910 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
17911 for the translation.
17912 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
17914 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
17915 it is used to handle KEY.
17917 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
17918 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
17919 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
17920 the following annotation types are supported.
17922 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
17923 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
17925 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
17926 candidate list.
17928 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
17929 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
17930 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
17931 inserted.
17933 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
17934 generated for the following translations.
17936 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
17938 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
17939 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
17941 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
17942 which to install MAP.
17944 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
17946 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
17948 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
17949 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
17951 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
17952 which to install MAP.
17954 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
17956 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
17958 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
17959 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
17960 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
17961 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
17962 a function, or a cons.
17963 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
17964 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
17965 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
17966 for the translation.
17967 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
17968 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
17969 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
17970 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
17971 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
17973 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
17974 it is used to handle KEY.
17976 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
17977 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
17978 current Quail package.
17980 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
17981 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
17983 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
17985 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
17986 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
17988 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
17989 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
17991 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
17993 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
17994 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
17996 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
17998 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
17999 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
18000 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
18001 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
18002 of the Emacs source tree.
18004 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
18005 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
18007 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
18008 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
18009 of each directory.
18011 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
18013 ;;;***
18015 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
18016 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
18017 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (16213
18018 ;;;;;; 43280))
18019 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
18021 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
18022 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
18023 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
18024 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
18026 To make use of this do something like:
18028 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
18030 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
18032 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
18033 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
18035 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
18036 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
18037 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
18039 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
18041 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
18042 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
18044 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
18046 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
18047 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
18049 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
18050 is decided.
18052 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
18054 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
18055 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
18057 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
18058 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
18059 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
18061 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
18063 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
18064 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
18066 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
18068 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
18069 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
18071 \(fn)" t nil)
18073 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
18074 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
18076 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
18078 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
18080 \(fn)" t nil)
18082 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
18083 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
18085 \(fn)" t nil)
18087 ;;;***
18089 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (16213
18090 ;;;;;; 43280))
18091 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
18093 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
18094 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
18095 See \\[compile].
18097 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
18099 ;;;***
18101 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
18102 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
18103 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
18105 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
18106 Call up the RE Builder for the current window.
18108 \(fn)" t nil)
18110 ;;;***
18112 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (16247 63112))
18113 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
18115 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
18116 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
18117 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18118 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18119 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
18121 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
18123 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
18124 Toggle recentf mode.
18125 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18126 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18128 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
18129 that were operated on recently.
18131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18133 ;;;***
18135 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
18136 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
18137 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
18138 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (16213
18139 ;;;;;; 43271))
18140 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
18142 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
18143 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
18144 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
18145 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
18147 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
18149 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
18151 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
18152 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
18153 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
18154 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
18155 ends.
18157 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18158 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
18159 to be deleted.
18161 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18163 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
18164 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
18165 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
18167 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18168 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
18169 deleted.
18171 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
18173 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
18174 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
18175 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
18177 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
18179 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
18180 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
18182 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18183 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
18185 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
18186 deleted.
18188 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18190 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
18191 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
18193 \(fn)" t nil)
18195 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
18196 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
18197 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
18198 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
18199 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
18200 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
18201 and point is at the lower right corner.
18203 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
18205 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
18206 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
18208 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
18209 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
18211 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18212 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
18213 on the right side of the rectangle.
18215 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18217 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
18219 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
18220 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
18221 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
18222 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
18223 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
18225 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18226 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
18228 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18230 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
18231 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
18232 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
18234 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
18236 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
18238 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
18240 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
18241 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
18243 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18244 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
18245 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
18247 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
18249 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
18250 Blank out the region-rectangle.
18251 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
18253 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18254 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
18255 rectangle which were empty.
18257 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18259 ;;;***
18261 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (16213
18262 ;;;;;; 43283))
18263 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
18265 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
18266 Toggle Refill minor mode.
18267 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
18269 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
18270 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
18271 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
18273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18275 ;;;***
18277 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
18278 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (16213 43284))
18279 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
18281 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
18282 Turn on RefTeX mode.
18284 \(fn)" nil nil)
18286 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
18287 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
18289 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
18290 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
18292 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
18293 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
18294 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
18295 \\ref macro.
18297 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
18298 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
18299 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
18301 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
18302 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
18303 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
18305 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
18306 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
18308 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
18309 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
18311 \\{reftex-mode-map}
18312 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
18313 on the menu bar.
18315 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18317 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18319 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
18320 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
18321 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
18323 \(fn)" nil nil)
18325 ;;;***
18327 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
18328 ;;;;;; (16213 43283))
18329 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
18331 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
18332 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
18333 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
18334 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
18335 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
18336 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
18338 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
18340 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
18342 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
18343 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
18344 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
18345 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
18347 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
18348 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
18349 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
18350 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
18352 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
18354 ;;;***
18356 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
18357 ;;;;;; (16213 43283))
18358 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
18360 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
18361 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
18362 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
18364 To insert new phrases, use
18365 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
18366 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
18368 To index phrases use one of:
18370 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
18371 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
18372 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
18373 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
18374 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
18376 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
18377 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
18379 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
18381 Here are all local bindings.
18383 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
18385 \(fn)" t nil)
18387 ;;;***
18389 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
18390 ;;;;;; (16213 43283))
18391 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
18393 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
18394 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
18395 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
18396 of master file.
18398 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
18400 ;;;***
18402 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
18403 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
18404 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
18406 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
18407 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
18408 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
18409 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
18410 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
18411 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
18413 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
18414 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
18416 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
18417 by \\=\\< and \\>.
18419 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
18421 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
18422 Return the depth of REGEXP.
18423 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
18424 in REGEXP.
18426 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
18428 ;;;***
18430 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (16213 43271))
18431 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
18433 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
18434 Repeat most recently executed command.
18435 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
18436 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
18437 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
18439 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
18440 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
18441 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
18443 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
18445 ;;;***
18447 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
18448 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
18449 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
18451 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
18452 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
18454 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
18455 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
18456 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
18457 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
18458 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
18459 and point is left after the salutation.
18461 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
18462 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
18463 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
18464 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
18465 left after that text.
18467 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
18468 is non-nil.
18470 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
18471 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
18472 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
18473 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
18475 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
18477 ;;;***
18479 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
18480 ;;;;;; (16213 43271))
18481 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
18483 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
18484 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
18485 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
18486 visibility of comments that precede it.
18487 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
18488 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
18489 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
18490 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
18491 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
18492 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
18493 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
18494 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
18495 the comment lines.
18496 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
18497 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
18498 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
18499 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
18500 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
18502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18503 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
18505 ;;;***
18507 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (16213
18508 ;;;;;; 43271))
18509 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
18511 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
18512 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
18514 \(fn)" nil nil)
18516 ;;;***
18518 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
18519 ;;;;;; (16213 43271))
18520 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
18522 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
18523 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
18524 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
18526 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
18527 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
18528 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
18530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18532 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
18533 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
18534 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18536 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
18538 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
18540 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
18541 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
18542 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
18544 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
18545 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
18546 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
18548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18550 ;;;***
18552 ;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties
18553 ;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el"
18554 ;;;;;; (16213 43271))
18555 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
18557 (defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\
18558 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
18559 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active.
18560 If emacs is not running under a window system,
18561 `file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
18563 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
18565 (defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
18566 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
18567 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
18568 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
18569 system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
18571 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-tty-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
18573 (defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\
18574 Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled.
18575 See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18576 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18577 use either \\[customize] or the function `file-name-shadow-mode'.")
18579 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow")
18581 (autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
18582 Toggle File-Name Shadow mode.
18583 When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer
18584 that would be ignored (because the result is passed through
18585 `substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in
18586 `file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
18587 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
18589 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18590 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18594 ;;;***
18596 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
18597 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
18598 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
18600 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
18601 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
18603 \(fn X)" nil nil)
18605 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
18606 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
18608 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
18610 ;;;***
18612 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (16213 43280))
18613 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
18614 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
18616 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
18617 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
18618 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
18619 other arguments for `rlogin'.
18621 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
18623 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
18624 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
18625 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
18626 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
18628 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
18629 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
18631 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
18632 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
18634 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
18635 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
18636 INPUT-ARGS.
18638 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
18639 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
18640 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
18641 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
18642 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
18644 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
18645 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
18646 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
18647 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
18649 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
18650 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
18651 variable.
18653 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18655 ;;;***
18657 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
18658 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
18659 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
18660 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
18661 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
18662 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
18663 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (16213 43280))
18664 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
18666 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
18667 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
18668 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
18669 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
18671 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
18673 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
18674 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
18675 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
18676 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
18677 value is the user's email address and name.)
18678 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
18680 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date" "\\|^x.*-priority:\\|^x-mimeole:") "\
18681 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
18682 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
18683 which normally happens once for each message,
18684 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
18685 To make a change in this variable take effect
18686 for a message that you have already viewed,
18687 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
18689 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
18691 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
18692 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
18693 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
18694 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
18696 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
18698 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
18699 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
18701 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
18703 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
18704 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
18705 A value of nil means don't highlight.
18706 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
18708 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
18710 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
18711 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
18713 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
18715 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
18716 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
18718 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
18720 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
18721 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
18722 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
18723 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
18724 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
18726 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
18728 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
18729 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
18731 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
18733 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
18734 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
18736 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
18738 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
18739 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
18741 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
18743 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
18744 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
18746 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
18748 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
18749 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
18751 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
18752 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
18754 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
18755 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
18757 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
18759 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
18760 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
18762 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
18763 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
18764 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
18765 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
18767 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
18768 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
18770 This is set to nil by default.")
18772 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
18773 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
18774 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
18775 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
18776 until a user explicitly requires it.")
18778 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
18780 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
18781 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
18782 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18783 It is called with no argument.")
18785 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
18786 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
18787 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
18788 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
18789 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
18790 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
18791 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
18793 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
18794 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
18795 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18796 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
18797 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
18798 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
18800 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
18801 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
18802 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18803 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
18804 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
18806 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
18807 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
18808 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18809 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
18810 MSG is the message number,
18811 REGEXP is the regular expression,
18812 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
18814 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
18815 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
18816 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
18817 this feature is required with `require'.")
18819 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
18820 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
18821 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
18822 the message is decoded as normal way.
18824 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
18825 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
18826 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
18828 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
18829 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
18830 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
18832 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
18833 Read and edit incoming mail.
18834 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
18835 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
18836 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
18838 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
18839 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
18840 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
18841 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
18843 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
18845 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
18847 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
18848 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
18849 All normal editing commands are turned off.
18850 Instead, these commands are available:
18852 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
18853 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
18854 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
18855 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
18856 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
18857 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
18858 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
18859 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
18860 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
18861 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
18862 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
18863 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
18864 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
18865 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
18866 till a deleted message is found.
18867 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
18868 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
18869 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
18870 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
18871 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
18872 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
18873 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
18874 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
18875 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
18876 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
18877 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
18878 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
18879 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
18880 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
18881 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
18882 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
18883 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
18884 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
18885 (label defaults to last one specified).
18886 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
18887 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
18888 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
18889 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
18890 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
18891 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
18892 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
18893 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
18894 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
18896 \(fn)" t nil)
18898 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
18899 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
18901 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
18903 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
18904 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server.
18906 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
18908 ;;;***
18910 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
18911 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
18912 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
18914 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
18915 Edit the contents of this message.
18917 \(fn)" t nil)
18919 ;;;***
18921 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
18922 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
18923 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (16213 43280))
18924 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
18926 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18927 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
18928 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
18930 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
18932 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18933 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
18934 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
18936 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
18938 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18939 Not documented
18941 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
18943 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
18944 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
18945 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
18946 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
18947 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
18949 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
18951 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
18952 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
18953 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
18954 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
18955 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
18957 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
18959 ;;;***
18961 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
18962 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
18963 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
18965 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
18966 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
18967 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
18968 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
18970 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
18972 ;;;***
18974 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
18975 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
18976 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (16213 43280))
18977 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
18979 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
18980 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
18981 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
18982 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
18983 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
18984 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
18985 a file name as a string.")
18987 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
18989 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
18990 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
18991 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
18992 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
18993 buffer visiting that file.
18994 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
18995 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
18997 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
18998 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
19000 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
19001 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
19003 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
19004 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
19006 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
19008 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
19009 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
19011 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
19013 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
19014 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
19015 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
19016 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
19017 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
19019 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
19020 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
19021 will be appended with their original headers.
19023 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
19024 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
19026 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
19027 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
19029 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
19031 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
19033 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
19034 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
19035 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
19037 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
19039 ;;;***
19041 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
19042 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
19043 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (16213
19044 ;;;;;; 43280))
19045 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
19047 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
19048 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
19049 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19051 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19053 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
19054 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
19055 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19057 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19059 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
19060 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
19061 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19063 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19065 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
19066 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
19067 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19069 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19071 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
19072 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
19073 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19075 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19077 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
19078 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
19079 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19081 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19083 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
19084 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
19085 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19086 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
19088 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
19090 ;;;***
19092 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
19093 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
19094 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
19095 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
19096 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (16250 35353))
19097 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
19099 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
19100 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
19102 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
19104 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
19105 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
19107 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
19109 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
19110 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
19112 \(fn)" t nil)
19114 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
19115 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
19116 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
19118 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
19120 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
19121 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
19122 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
19123 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
19124 only look in the To and From fields.
19125 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
19127 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
19129 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
19130 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
19131 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
19132 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
19133 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
19135 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
19137 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
19138 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
19139 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
19140 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
19141 look in the whole message.
19142 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
19144 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
19146 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
19147 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
19148 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
19150 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
19152 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
19153 *Function to decode summary-line.
19155 By default, `identity' is set.")
19157 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
19159 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
19160 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
19161 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
19162 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
19163 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
19164 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
19165 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
19167 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
19168 sent by you under different user names.
19169 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
19171 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
19173 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
19175 ;;;***
19177 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
19178 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
19179 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
19181 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
19182 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
19183 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
19184 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
19186 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
19188 ;;;***
19190 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
19191 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (16213 43271))
19192 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
19194 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
19195 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
19197 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
19199 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
19200 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
19202 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19204 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
19205 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
19207 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19209 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
19210 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
19211 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
19213 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
19214 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
19215 in rot 13.
19217 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
19219 \(fn)" t nil)
19221 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
19222 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
19224 \(fn)" t nil)
19226 ;;;***
19228 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
19229 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
19230 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
19231 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
19232 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
19233 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
19235 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
19236 *This variable is obsolete.")
19238 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
19240 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
19241 *This variable is obsolete.")
19243 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
19245 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
19246 *This variable is obsolete.")
19248 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
19250 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
19251 *This variable is obsolete.")
19253 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
19255 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
19256 *This variable is obsolete.")
19258 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
19260 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
19261 *This variable is obsolete.")
19263 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
19265 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
19266 This function is obsolete.
19268 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
19270 ;;;***
19272 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (16216
19273 ;;;;;; 22161))
19274 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
19276 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
19277 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
19279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19281 ;;;***
19283 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (16213
19284 ;;;;;; 43273))
19285 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
19287 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
19288 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
19289 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
19290 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
19292 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
19294 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
19295 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
19296 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
19298 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
19299 notation.
19301 STRING
19302 matches string STRING literally.
19304 CHAR
19305 matches character CHAR literally.
19307 `not-newline'
19308 matches any character except a newline.
19310 `anything'
19311 matches any character
19313 `(any SET)'
19314 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
19315 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
19317 '(in SET)'
19318 like `any'.
19320 `(not (any SET))'
19321 matches any character not in SET
19323 `line-start'
19324 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
19325 in the text being matched
19327 `line-end'
19328 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
19330 `string-start'
19331 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
19332 string being matched against.
19334 `string-end'
19335 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
19336 string being matched against.
19338 `buffer-start'
19339 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
19340 buffer being matched against.
19342 `buffer-end'
19343 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
19344 buffer being matched against.
19346 `point'
19347 matches the empty string, but only at point.
19349 `word-start'
19350 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
19351 word.
19353 `word-end'
19354 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
19356 `word-boundary'
19357 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
19358 word.
19360 `(not word-boundary)'
19361 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
19362 word.
19364 `digit'
19365 matches 0 through 9.
19367 `control'
19368 matches ASCII control characters.
19370 `hex-digit'
19371 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
19373 `blank'
19374 matches space and tab only.
19376 `graphic'
19377 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
19378 space, and DEL.
19380 `printing'
19381 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
19382 and DEL.
19384 `alphanumeric'
19385 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19386 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
19388 `letter'
19389 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19390 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
19392 `ascii'
19393 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
19395 `nonascii'
19396 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
19398 `lower'
19399 matches anything lower-case.
19401 `upper'
19402 matches anything upper-case.
19404 `punctuation'
19405 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19406 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
19408 `space'
19409 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
19411 `word'
19412 matches anything that has word syntax.
19414 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
19415 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
19416 of the following symbols.
19418 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
19419 `punctuation' (\\s.)
19420 `word' (\\sw)
19421 `symbol' (\\s_)
19422 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
19423 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
19424 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
19425 `string-quote' (\\s\")
19426 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
19427 `escape' (\\s\\)
19428 `character-quote' (\\s/)
19429 `comment-start' (\\s<)
19430 `comment-end' (\\s>)
19432 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
19433 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
19435 `(category CATEGORY)'
19436 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
19437 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
19439 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
19440 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
19441 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
19442 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
19443 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
19444 `symbol' (\\c5)
19445 `digit' (\\c6)
19446 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
19447 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
19448 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
19449 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
19450 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
19451 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
19452 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
19453 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
19454 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
19455 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
19456 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
19457 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
19458 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
19459 `ascii' (\\ca)
19460 `arabic' (\\cb)
19461 `chinese' (\\cc)
19462 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
19463 `greek' (\\cg)
19464 `korean' (\\ch)
19465 `indian' (\\ci)
19466 `japanese' (\\cj)
19467 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
19468 `latin' (\\cl)
19469 `lao' (\\co)
19470 `tibetan' (\\cq)
19471 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
19472 `thai' (\\ct)
19473 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
19474 `hebrew' (\\cw)
19475 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
19476 `can-break' (\\c|)
19478 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
19479 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
19481 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19482 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
19484 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19485 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
19486 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
19488 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19489 another name for `submatch'.
19491 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19492 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
19493 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
19494 regular expression.
19496 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
19497 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
19498 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
19499 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
19500 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
19502 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
19503 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
19505 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
19506 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19508 `(0+ SEXP)'
19509 like `zero-or-more'.
19511 `(* SEXP)'
19512 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19514 `(*? SEXP)'
19515 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19517 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
19518 matches one or more occurrences of A.
19520 `(1+ SEXP)'
19521 like `one-or-more'.
19523 `(+ SEXP)'
19524 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19526 `(+? SEXP)'
19527 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19529 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
19530 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
19532 `(optional SEXP)'
19533 like `zero-or-one'.
19535 `(? SEXP)'
19536 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19538 `(?? SEXP)'
19539 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19541 `(repeat N SEXP)'
19542 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19544 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
19545 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19547 `(eval FORM)'
19548 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
19549 `regexp-quote' it.
19551 `(regexp REGEXP)'
19552 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
19554 \(fn REGEXP)" nil (quote macro))
19556 ;;;***
19558 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
19559 ;;;;;; (16250 35355))
19560 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
19562 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
19563 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
19564 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
19566 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
19567 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
19568 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
19569 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
19570 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
19571 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
19572 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
19573 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
19575 Commands:
19576 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19577 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
19578 \\{scheme-mode-map}
19579 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
19580 if that value is non-nil.
19582 \(fn)" t nil)
19584 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
19585 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
19586 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
19588 Commands:
19589 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19590 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
19591 \\{scheme-mode-map}
19592 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
19593 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
19594 that variable's value is a string.
19596 \(fn)" t nil)
19598 ;;;***
19600 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
19601 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
19602 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
19604 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
19605 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
19606 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
19608 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
19610 \(fn)" t nil)
19612 ;;;***
19614 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (16213
19615 ;;;;;; 43281))
19616 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
19618 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
19619 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
19620 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
19621 \\{scribe-mode-map}
19623 Interesting variables:
19625 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
19626 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
19628 `scribe-electric-quote'
19629 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
19631 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
19632 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
19633 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
19635 \(fn)" t nil)
19637 ;;;***
19639 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
19640 ;;;;;; (16213 43271))
19641 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
19643 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
19644 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
19645 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19646 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19647 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
19649 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
19651 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
19652 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
19653 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
19654 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
19655 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
19657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19659 ;;;***
19661 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
19662 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file
19663 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
19664 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers
19665 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
19666 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (16250 35353))
19667 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
19669 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
19670 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
19672 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
19673 king@grassland.com
19674 If `parens', they look like:
19675 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
19676 If `angles', they look like:
19677 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
19678 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
19679 derived from the envelope-from address.
19681 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
19682 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
19683 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
19684 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
19686 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
19688 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
19689 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
19690 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
19691 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
19693 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
19694 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
19695 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
19696 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
19698 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
19700 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
19701 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
19702 This is done when the message is initialized,
19703 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
19705 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
19707 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
19708 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
19709 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
19711 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
19713 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
19714 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
19716 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-ignored-headers) "sendmail")
19718 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
19719 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
19720 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
19721 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
19722 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
19723 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
19724 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
19726 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
19728 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
19729 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
19731 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
19733 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
19734 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
19735 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
19737 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
19739 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
19740 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
19741 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
19742 when you first send mail.")
19744 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
19746 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
19747 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
19748 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
19749 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
19750 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
19752 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
19754 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
19755 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
19756 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
19757 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
19758 This file need not actually exist.")
19760 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
19762 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
19763 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
19764 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
19765 If a string, that string is inserted.
19766 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
19767 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
19768 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
19769 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
19771 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
19773 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
19774 *Directory for mail buffers.
19775 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
19776 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
19778 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
19780 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
19781 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
19782 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
19783 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
19784 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
19785 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
19786 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
19787 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
19788 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
19789 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
19790 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
19791 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
19792 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
19793 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
19794 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
19796 \(fn)" t nil)
19798 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
19799 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
19800 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
19801 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
19802 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19803 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
19805 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
19806 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
19807 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
19809 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
19810 User should not set this variable manually,
19811 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
19812 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
19813 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
19814 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
19816 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
19817 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
19818 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
19819 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
19821 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
19822 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
19824 \\<mail-mode-map>
19825 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
19827 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
19828 to move to message header fields:
19829 \\{mail-mode-map}
19831 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
19832 when the message is initialized.
19834 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
19835 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
19837 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
19838 is inserted.
19840 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
19841 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
19843 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
19844 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
19846 The second through fifth arguments,
19847 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
19848 the initial contents of those header fields.
19849 These arguments should not have final newlines.
19850 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
19851 original message being replied to, or else an action
19852 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
19853 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
19854 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
19855 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
19856 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
19857 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
19859 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
19861 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
19862 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
19864 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
19866 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
19867 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
19869 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
19871 ;;;***
19873 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
19874 ;;;;;; (16213 43271))
19875 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
19877 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
19878 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
19879 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
19880 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
19881 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
19882 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
19884 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
19886 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
19888 (defvar server-mode nil "\
19889 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
19890 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19891 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19892 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
19894 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
19896 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
19897 Toggle Server mode.
19898 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
19899 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
19900 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
19902 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19904 ;;;***
19906 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (16213 43271))
19907 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
19909 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
19910 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet. See \"ses-readme.txt\" for more info.
19912 Key definitions:
19913 \\{ses-mode-map}
19914 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
19915 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
19916 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
19917 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
19919 \(fn)" t nil)
19921 ;;;***
19923 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
19924 ;;;;;; (16213 43284))
19925 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
19927 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
19928 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
19929 Makes > match <.
19930 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
19931 `sgml-quick-keys'.
19933 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
19934 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
19935 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
19937 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
19938 your `.emacs' file.
19940 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
19942 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
19943 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
19944 \\{sgml-mode-map}
19946 \(fn)" t nil)
19948 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
19950 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
19951 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
19952 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
19953 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
19954 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
19955 which this is based.
19957 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
19959 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
19960 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
19961 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
19962 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
19964 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
19965 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
19966 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
19968 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
19969 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
19970 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
19971 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
19973 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
19974 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
19975 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
19976 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
19978 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
19980 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
19981 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
19982 To work around that, do:
19983 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
19985 \\{html-mode-map}
19987 \(fn)" t nil)
19989 ;;;***
19991 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
19992 ;;;;;; (16250 35355))
19993 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
19995 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
19996 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
19997 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
19998 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
19999 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
20000 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
20002 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
20003 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
20004 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
20005 shell-specific features.
20007 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
20008 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
20009 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
20011 \\[sh-case] case statement
20012 \\[sh-for] for loop
20013 \\[sh-function] function definition
20014 \\[sh-if] if statement
20015 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
20016 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
20017 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
20018 \\[sh-select] select loop
20019 \\[sh-until] until loop
20020 \\[sh-while] while loop
20022 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
20023 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
20024 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
20025 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
20026 would indent to the way it currently is.
20027 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
20028 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
20031 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
20032 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
20033 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
20034 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
20035 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
20036 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
20038 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
20039 {, (, [, ', \", `
20040 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
20042 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
20043 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
20044 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
20046 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
20047 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
20049 \(fn)" t nil)
20051 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
20053 ;;;***
20055 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
20056 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
20057 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
20059 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
20060 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
20062 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
20063 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
20064 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
20065 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
20066 the earlier.
20068 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
20070 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
20072 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
20073 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
20074 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
20076 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
20077 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
20079 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
20080 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
20081 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
20082 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
20083 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
20084 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
20085 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
20086 emacs version).
20088 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
20089 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
20090 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
20091 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
20092 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
20094 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
20095 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
20096 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
20098 \(fn)" t nil)
20100 ;;;***
20102 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
20103 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (16213
20104 ;;;;;; 43271))
20105 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
20107 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
20108 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
20109 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
20110 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
20111 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
20112 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
20113 in the cluster.
20115 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
20117 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
20118 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
20119 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
20120 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
20121 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
20123 \(fn)" t nil)
20125 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
20126 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
20127 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
20128 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
20129 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
20130 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
20131 `shadow-define-cluster').
20133 \(fn)" t nil)
20135 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
20136 Set up file shadowing.
20138 \(fn)" t nil)
20140 ;;;***
20142 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
20143 ;;;;;; (16213 43271))
20144 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
20146 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
20147 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
20148 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
20149 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
20150 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
20151 arguments.")
20153 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
20155 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
20156 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
20157 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
20158 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
20159 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
20160 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
20161 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
20162 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
20163 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
20164 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
20165 discards input when it starts up.)
20166 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
20167 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
20168 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
20170 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20171 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20172 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20173 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
20174 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20175 `default-process-coding-system'.
20177 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
20178 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
20179 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
20180 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
20182 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
20184 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20185 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
20187 ;;;***
20189 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (16213
20190 ;;;;;; 43282))
20191 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
20193 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
20194 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
20195 \\{simula-mode-map}
20196 Variables controlling indentation style:
20197 `simula-tab-always-indent'
20198 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
20199 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20200 `simula-indent-level'
20201 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
20202 `simula-substatement-offset'
20203 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
20204 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
20205 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
20206 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
20207 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
20208 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
20209 `simula-label-offset' -4711
20210 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
20211 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
20212 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
20213 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
20214 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
20215 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
20216 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
20217 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
20218 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
20219 `simula-electric-indent' nil
20220 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
20221 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
20222 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
20223 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
20224 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
20225 or nil if they should not be changed.
20226 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
20227 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
20228 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
20229 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
20231 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
20232 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
20234 \(fn)" t nil)
20236 ;;;***
20238 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
20239 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (16213 43271))
20240 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
20242 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
20243 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
20245 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
20246 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
20247 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
20248 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
20250 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
20252 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
20253 Insert SKELETON.
20254 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
20255 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
20256 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
20257 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
20258 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
20260 Optional first argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
20261 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
20263 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
20265 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
20266 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
20268 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
20269 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
20270 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
20271 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
20273 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
20274 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
20275 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
20276 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
20278 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
20279 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
20280 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
20282 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
20283 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
20285 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
20286 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
20288 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
20289 _ interesting point, interregion here
20290 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
20291 interesting point set by _
20292 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
20293 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
20294 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
20295 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
20296 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
20297 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
20298 nil skipped
20300 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
20301 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
20303 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
20304 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
20305 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
20306 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
20307 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
20308 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
20309 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
20310 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
20312 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
20313 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
20314 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
20315 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
20316 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
20317 available:
20319 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
20320 then: insert previously read string once more
20321 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
20322 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
20323 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
20325 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
20326 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
20328 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
20330 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
20331 Insert the character you type ARG times.
20333 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
20334 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
20335 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
20336 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
20337 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
20338 such as backslash.
20340 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
20341 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
20342 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
20344 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20346 ;;;***
20348 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
20349 ;;;;;; (16213 43271))
20350 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
20352 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
20353 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
20354 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
20355 buffer names.
20357 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
20359 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
20360 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
20361 \\{smerge-mode-map}
20363 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20365 ;;;***
20367 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
20368 ;;;;;; (16213 43274))
20369 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
20371 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
20372 Display textual smileys as images.
20373 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
20374 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
20375 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them.
20377 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20379 ;;;***
20381 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
20382 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (16247 63113))
20383 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
20385 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
20386 Not documented
20388 \(fn)" nil nil)
20390 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
20391 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
20393 \(fn)" t nil)
20395 ;;;***
20397 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (16213 43281))
20398 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
20400 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
20401 Play the Snake game.
20402 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
20404 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
20406 Snake mode keybindings:
20407 \\<snake-mode-map>
20408 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
20409 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
20410 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
20411 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
20412 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
20413 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
20414 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
20416 \(fn)" t nil)
20418 ;;;***
20420 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
20421 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
20422 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
20424 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
20425 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
20426 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
20427 Tab indents for C code.
20428 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
20429 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20430 \\{snmp-mode-map}
20431 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
20432 `snmp-mode-hook'.
20434 \(fn)" t nil)
20436 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
20437 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
20438 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
20439 Tab indents for C code.
20440 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
20441 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20442 \\{snmp-mode-map}
20443 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
20444 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
20446 \(fn)" t nil)
20448 ;;;***
20450 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
20451 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
20452 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (16213 43272))
20453 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
20455 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
20456 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
20458 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
20459 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
20460 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
20462 For example, the form
20464 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
20465 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
20467 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
20469 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
20471 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
20472 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
20474 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
20475 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
20476 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
20477 York City.
20479 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20481 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
20483 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
20484 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
20486 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
20487 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
20488 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
20489 York City.
20491 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20493 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
20495 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
20496 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
20497 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
20498 pair.
20500 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20502 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
20504 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
20505 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
20506 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
20508 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
20509 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
20511 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
20513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20515 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
20516 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
20517 Requires floating point.
20519 \(fn)" nil nil)
20521 ;;;***
20523 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (16213
20524 ;;;;;; 43281))
20525 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
20527 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
20528 Play Solitaire.
20530 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
20531 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
20532 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
20533 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
20534 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
20535 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
20536 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
20537 check after each move or undo)
20539 What is Solitaire?
20541 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
20542 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
20543 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
20545 Le Solitaire
20546 ============
20548 o o o
20550 o o o
20552 o o o o o o o
20554 o o o . o o o
20556 o o o o o o o
20558 o o o
20560 o o o
20562 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
20563 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
20564 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
20565 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
20567 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
20568 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
20569 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
20570 this: o o .
20572 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
20573 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
20575 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
20577 o o o
20579 . o o
20581 o o . o o o o
20583 o . o o o o o
20585 o o o o o o o
20587 o o o
20589 o o o
20591 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
20593 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
20595 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20597 ;;;***
20599 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
20600 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
20601 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (16213 43271))
20602 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
20604 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
20605 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
20607 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
20608 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
20609 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
20610 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
20611 contiguous.
20613 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
20614 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
20615 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20616 the sort order.
20618 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
20619 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
20621 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
20622 It moves point to the start of the next record.
20623 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
20624 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
20625 is called.
20627 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
20628 It should move point to the end of the record.
20630 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
20631 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
20632 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
20633 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
20634 starts at the beginning of the record.
20636 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
20637 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
20638 same as ENDRECFUN.
20640 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
20641 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
20643 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
20645 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
20646 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20647 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20648 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20649 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20650 the sort order.
20652 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20654 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
20655 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20656 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20657 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20658 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20659 the sort order.
20661 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20663 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
20664 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20665 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20666 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20667 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20668 the sort order.
20670 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20672 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
20673 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
20674 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
20675 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
20676 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
20677 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
20678 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
20679 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20680 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
20682 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
20684 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
20685 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
20686 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
20687 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
20688 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20689 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
20690 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20691 the sort order.
20693 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
20695 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
20696 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
20697 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
20698 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
20699 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
20700 is to be used for sorting.
20701 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
20702 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
20703 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
20704 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
20705 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
20707 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
20709 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20710 the sort order.
20712 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
20713 starting with the letter \"f\",
20714 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
20716 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
20718 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
20719 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
20720 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
20721 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
20722 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
20723 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
20724 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20725 the sort order.
20727 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
20728 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
20729 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
20730 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
20731 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
20733 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
20735 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
20736 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
20737 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
20739 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20741 ;;;***
20743 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
20744 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (16213 43271))
20745 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
20747 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
20749 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
20750 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
20751 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
20752 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
20753 supported at a time.
20754 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
20755 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
20757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20759 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
20760 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
20761 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
20762 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
20764 \(fn)" t nil)
20766 ;;;***
20768 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
20769 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (16213 43284))
20770 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
20772 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
20774 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
20775 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
20776 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
20777 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
20778 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
20779 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
20781 \(fn)" t nil)
20783 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
20784 Check spelling of word at or before point.
20785 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
20786 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
20788 \(fn)" t nil)
20790 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
20791 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
20792 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
20793 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
20794 for example, \"word\".
20796 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
20798 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
20799 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
20801 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
20803 ;;;***
20805 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (16213
20806 ;;;;;; 43281))
20807 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
20809 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
20810 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
20812 \(fn)" t nil)
20814 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
20815 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
20817 \(fn)" nil nil)
20819 ;;;***
20821 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
20822 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
20823 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
20824 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (16225
20825 ;;;;;; 38513))
20826 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
20828 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
20829 Append a `font-lock-keywords' entry to the existing entries defined
20830 for the specified `product'.
20832 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
20834 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
20835 Show short help for the SQL modes.
20837 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
20838 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
20840 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
20842 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
20843 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
20844 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
20846 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
20848 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
20849 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
20850 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
20851 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
20852 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
20853 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
20854 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
20855 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
20856 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
20858 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
20860 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
20861 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
20862 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
20863 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
20865 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
20866 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
20867 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
20868 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
20870 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
20871 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
20872 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
20874 \(fn)" t nil)
20876 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
20877 Major mode to edit SQL.
20879 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
20880 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
20881 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
20883 \\{sql-mode-map}
20884 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
20886 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
20887 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
20888 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
20889 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
20890 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
20891 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
20893 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
20894 `sql-interactive-mode'.
20896 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
20897 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
20898 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
20900 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
20901 (lambda ()
20902 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
20904 \(fn)" t nil)
20906 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
20907 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
20909 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20910 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20911 `*SQL*'.
20913 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20915 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
20917 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
20918 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
20920 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20921 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20922 `*SQL*'.
20924 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
20925 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
20926 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
20927 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
20929 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20930 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20932 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20933 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20934 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20935 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20936 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20937 `default-process-coding-system'.
20939 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20941 \(fn)" t nil)
20943 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
20944 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
20946 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20947 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20948 `*SQL*'.
20950 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
20951 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
20952 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
20953 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
20955 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20956 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20958 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20959 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20960 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20961 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20962 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20963 `default-process-coding-system'.
20965 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20967 \(fn)" t nil)
20969 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
20970 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
20972 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20973 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20974 `*SQL*'.
20976 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
20977 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
20979 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20980 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20982 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20983 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20984 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20985 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20986 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20987 `default-process-coding-system'.
20989 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20991 \(fn)" t nil)
20993 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
20994 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
20996 SQLite is free software.
20998 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20999 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21000 `*SQL*'.
21002 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
21003 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
21004 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
21005 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
21007 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21008 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21010 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21011 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21012 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21013 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21014 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21015 `default-process-coding-system'.
21017 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21019 \(fn)" t nil)
21021 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
21022 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
21024 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
21026 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21027 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21028 `*SQL*'.
21030 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
21031 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
21032 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
21033 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
21035 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21036 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21038 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21039 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21040 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21041 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21042 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21043 `default-process-coding-system'.
21045 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21047 \(fn)" t nil)
21049 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
21050 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
21052 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21053 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21054 `*SQL*'.
21056 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
21057 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
21058 defaults, if set.
21060 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21061 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21063 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21064 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21065 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21066 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21067 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21068 `default-process-coding-system'.
21070 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21072 \(fn)" t nil)
21074 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
21075 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
21077 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21078 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21079 `*SQL*'.
21081 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
21082 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
21084 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21085 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21087 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21088 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21089 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21090 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21091 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21092 `default-process-coding-system'.
21094 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21096 \(fn)" t nil)
21098 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
21099 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
21101 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21102 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21103 `*SQL*'.
21105 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
21106 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
21107 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
21108 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
21110 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21111 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21113 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21114 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21115 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21116 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21117 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21118 `default-process-coding-system'.
21120 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21122 \(fn)" t nil)
21124 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
21125 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
21127 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21128 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21129 `*SQL*'.
21131 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
21132 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
21133 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
21134 `sql-postgres-options'.
21136 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21137 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21139 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21140 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21141 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21142 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21143 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21144 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
21145 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
21146 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
21148 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
21149 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
21151 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21153 \(fn)" t nil)
21155 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
21156 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
21158 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21159 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21160 `*SQL*'.
21162 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
21163 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
21164 defaults, if set.
21166 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21167 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21169 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21170 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21171 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21172 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21173 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21174 `default-process-coding-system'.
21176 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21178 \(fn)" t nil)
21180 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
21181 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
21183 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21184 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21185 `*SQL*'.
21187 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
21188 automatic login.
21190 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21191 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21193 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
21194 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
21195 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
21196 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
21198 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21199 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21200 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21201 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21202 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21203 `default-process-coding-system'.
21205 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21207 \(fn)" t nil)
21209 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
21210 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
21212 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21213 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21214 `*SQL*'.
21216 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
21217 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
21218 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
21219 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
21220 parameters.
21222 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
21223 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
21224 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
21225 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
21226 an empty password.
21228 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21229 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21231 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21233 \(fn)" t nil)
21235 ;;;***
21237 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
21238 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
21239 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
21240 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
21241 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (16213
21242 ;;;;;; 43271))
21243 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
21245 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
21246 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
21247 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
21248 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
21249 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
21250 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
21252 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
21254 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
21255 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
21256 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
21257 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
21258 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
21259 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
21260 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
21262 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
21264 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21265 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
21266 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
21267 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
21268 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
21269 then complete the stroke with button 3.
21270 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
21272 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
21274 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
21275 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
21276 This must be bound to a mouse event.
21278 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
21280 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21281 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
21282 This must be bound to a mouse event.
21284 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
21286 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
21287 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
21289 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
21291 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
21292 Get instruction on using the `strokes' package.
21294 \(fn)" t nil)
21296 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
21297 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
21299 \(fn)" t nil)
21301 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
21302 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
21303 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
21304 chronologically by command name.
21305 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
21307 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
21309 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
21310 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
21311 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21312 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21313 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
21315 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
21317 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
21318 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
21319 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
21320 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
21321 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
21322 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
21323 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
21325 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
21326 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
21327 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
21328 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
21330 \\{strokes-mode-map}
21332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21334 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
21335 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
21336 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
21337 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
21339 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
21341 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21342 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
21344 \(fn)" t nil)
21346 ;;;***
21348 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
21349 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16213 43281))
21350 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
21352 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
21353 Studlify-case the region.
21355 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
21357 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
21358 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
21360 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
21362 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
21363 Studlify-case the current buffer.
21365 \(fn)" t nil)
21367 ;;;***
21369 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
21370 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
21371 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
21373 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
21374 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
21375 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
21376 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
21377 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
21378 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
21379 original message but it does require a few things:
21381 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
21383 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
21384 reply buffer.
21386 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
21387 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
21388 original message.
21390 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
21392 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
21394 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
21395 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
21396 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
21398 \(fn)" nil nil)
21400 ;;;***
21402 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (16213
21403 ;;;;;; 43273))
21404 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
21406 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
21407 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
21408 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
21409 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
21410 Point is at POS when this function returns.
21412 \(fn &optional POS)" nil nil)
21414 ;;;***
21416 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (16213 43271))
21417 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
21419 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
21420 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
21421 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
21422 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
21423 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
21425 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21427 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
21428 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
21429 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
21430 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
21431 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
21432 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
21433 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
21435 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21437 ;;;***
21439 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
21440 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
21441 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
21442 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
21443 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
21444 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
21445 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
21446 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
21447 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
21448 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
21449 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
21450 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
21451 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (16213 43284))
21452 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
21454 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
21455 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
21456 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
21458 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
21460 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
21461 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
21463 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
21465 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
21466 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
21468 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
21470 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
21471 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
21473 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
21475 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
21476 Insert an editable text table.
21477 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
21478 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
21479 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
21480 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
21481 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
21482 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
21483 delimiting them.
21485 Examples:
21487 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
21489 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
21490 location of point.
21494 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
21495 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
21496 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
21497 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
21498 first cell.
21500 +-----+-----+-----+
21501 |-!- | | |
21502 +-----+-----+-----+
21504 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
21506 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
21507 width, which results as
21509 +--------------+-----+-----+
21510 |-!- | | |
21511 +--------------+-----+-----+
21513 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
21514 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
21516 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21517 | | |-!- |
21518 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21520 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
21521 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
21522 width information to `table-insert'.
21524 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
21526 instead of
21528 Cell width(s): 5
21530 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
21531 work all together.
21533 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
21534 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
21536 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21537 |-!- | | |
21538 | | | |
21539 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21541 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
21543 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21544 |-!- | | |
21545 | | | |
21546 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21547 | | | |
21548 | | | |
21549 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21551 Move the point under the table as shown below.
21553 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21554 | | | |
21555 | | | |
21556 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21557 | | | |
21558 | | | |
21559 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21562 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
21563 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
21564 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
21566 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21567 | | | |
21568 | | | |
21569 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21570 | | | |
21571 | | | |
21572 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21573 |-!- | | |
21574 | | | |
21575 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21577 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
21578 results.
21580 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21581 | | | |
21582 | | | |
21583 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21584 | | |Text editing inside the table |
21585 | | |cell produces reasonably |
21586 | | |expected results.-!- |
21587 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21588 | | | |
21589 | | | |
21590 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21592 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
21594 \\{table-cell-map}
21596 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
21598 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
21599 Insert N table row(s).
21600 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
21601 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
21602 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
21603 are appended at the bottom of the table.
21605 \(fn N)" t nil)
21607 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
21608 Insert N table column(s).
21609 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
21610 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
21611 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
21612 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
21614 \(fn N)" t nil)
21616 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
21617 Insert row(s) or column(s).
21618 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
21620 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
21622 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
21623 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
21624 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
21625 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
21626 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
21627 all the table specific features.
21629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21631 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
21632 Not documented
21634 \(fn)" t nil)
21636 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
21637 Recognize all tables within region.
21638 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
21639 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
21640 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
21641 specific features.
21643 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
21645 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
21646 Not documented
21648 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21650 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
21651 Recognize a table at point.
21652 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
21653 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
21654 the table specific features.
21656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21658 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
21659 Not documented
21661 \(fn)" t nil)
21663 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
21664 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
21665 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
21666 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
21667 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
21668 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
21669 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
21671 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
21673 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
21674 Not documented
21676 \(fn)" t nil)
21678 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
21679 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
21680 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
21681 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
21682 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
21683 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
21684 specified.
21686 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
21688 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
21689 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
21690 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
21691 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
21692 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
21693 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
21694 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
21695 table structure.
21697 \(fn N)" t nil)
21699 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
21700 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
21701 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
21702 table's rectangle structure.
21704 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
21706 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
21707 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
21708 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
21709 table's rectangle structure.
21711 \(fn N)" t nil)
21713 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
21714 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
21715 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
21716 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
21717 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
21719 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
21721 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
21722 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
21723 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
21725 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
21726 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
21727 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
21728 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
21729 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
21730 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
21731 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
21733 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21734 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
21735 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
21736 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
21737 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
21738 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
21739 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21741 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
21742 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
21743 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
21744 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
21745 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
21746 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
21747 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
21748 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21750 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
21752 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
21753 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
21754 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
21755 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
21757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21759 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
21760 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
21761 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
21763 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
21765 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
21766 Split current cell vertically.
21767 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
21769 \(fn)" t nil)
21771 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
21772 Split current cell horizontally.
21773 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
21775 \(fn)" t nil)
21777 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
21778 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
21779 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
21781 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
21783 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
21784 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
21785 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
21786 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
21788 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21790 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
21791 Justify cell contents.
21792 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
21793 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
21794 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
21795 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
21797 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
21799 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
21800 Justify cells of a row.
21801 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
21802 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
21804 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21806 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
21807 Justify cells of a column.
21808 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
21809 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
21811 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21813 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
21814 Toggle fixing width mode.
21815 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
21816 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
21817 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
21819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21821 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
21822 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
21823 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
21824 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
21825 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
21826 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
21827 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
21828 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
21829 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
21830 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
21831 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
21833 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
21835 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
21836 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
21837 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
21838 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
21839 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
21840 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
21841 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
21842 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
21843 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
21844 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
21845 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
21846 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
21847 untouched.
21849 References used for this implementation:
21851 HTML:
21852 http://www.w3.org
21854 LaTeX:
21855 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
21857 CALS (DocBook DTD):
21858 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
21859 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
21861 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
21863 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
21864 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
21865 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
21866 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
21867 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
21868 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
21869 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
21870 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
21871 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
21872 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
21873 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
21874 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
21875 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
21876 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
21877 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
21878 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
21879 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
21881 Example:
21883 (progn
21884 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
21885 (table-forward-cell 15)
21886 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
21887 (table-forward-cell 16)
21888 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
21889 (table-forward-cell 1)
21890 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
21892 (progn
21893 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
21894 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
21895 (table-forward-cell 1)
21896 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
21898 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21900 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
21901 Delete N row(s) of cells.
21902 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
21903 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
21904 consists from cells of same height.
21906 \(fn N)" t nil)
21908 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
21909 Delete N column(s) of cells.
21910 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
21911 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
21912 column must consists from cells of same width.
21914 \(fn N)" t nil)
21916 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
21917 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
21918 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
21919 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
21920 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
21921 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
21922 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
21923 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
21924 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
21925 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
21926 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
21927 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
21928 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
21929 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
21930 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
21933 Example 1:
21935 1, 2, 3, 4
21936 5, 6, 7, 8
21937 , 9, 10
21939 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
21940 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
21941 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
21942 specified as 5.
21944 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21945 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
21946 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21947 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
21948 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21949 | | 9 | 10 | |
21950 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21952 Note:
21954 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
21955 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
21956 of each row is optional.
21959 Example 2:
21961 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
21962 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
21963 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
21964 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
21965 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
21967 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
21968 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
21970 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
21971 expression and raw delimiter regular
21972 expression, it parses the specified text
21973 area and extracts cell items from
21974 non-table text and then forms a table out
21975 of them.
21977 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
21978 creates a single cell table. The text in
21979 the specified region is placed in that
21980 cell.-*-
21982 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
21983 like this.
21985 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
21986 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
21987 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
21989 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
21990 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
21991 | expression, it parses the specified text |
21992 | area and extracts cell items from |
21993 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
21994 | of them. |
21996 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
21997 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
21998 | the specified region is placed in that |
21999 | cell. |
22000 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
22002 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
22003 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
22004 independently.
22006 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
22007 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
22008 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
22009 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
22010 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
22011 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
22012 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
22013 | |area and extracts cell items from |
22014 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
22015 | |of them. |
22016 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
22017 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
22018 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
22019 | |the specified region is placed in that |
22020 | |cell. |
22021 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
22023 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
22024 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
22025 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
22027 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
22029 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
22030 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
22031 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
22032 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
22033 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
22035 \(fn)" t nil)
22037 ;;;***
22039 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (16213 43271))
22040 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
22042 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
22043 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
22045 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
22047 ;;;***
22049 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (16213 43271))
22050 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
22052 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
22053 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
22054 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
22055 Letters no longer insert themselves.
22056 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
22057 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
22058 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
22060 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
22061 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
22062 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
22063 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
22065 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
22066 \\{tar-mode-map}
22068 \(fn)" t nil)
22070 ;;;***
22072 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
22073 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (16213 43282))
22074 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
22076 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
22077 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
22078 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
22079 Tab indents for Tcl code.
22080 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
22081 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22083 Variables controlling indentation style:
22084 `tcl-indent-level'
22085 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
22086 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
22087 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
22089 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
22090 documentation for details):
22091 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
22092 Controls action of TAB key.
22093 `tcl-auto-newline'
22094 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
22095 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
22096 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
22097 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
22098 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
22100 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
22101 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
22102 already exist.
22104 Commands:
22105 \\{tcl-mode-map}
22107 \(fn)" t nil)
22109 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
22110 Run inferior Tcl process.
22111 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
22112 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
22114 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
22116 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
22117 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
22118 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
22120 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
22122 ;;;***
22124 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (16213 43280))
22125 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
22126 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22128 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
22129 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
22130 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
22131 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
22132 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
22133 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
22134 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
22136 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
22137 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
22139 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
22140 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
22141 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
22142 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
22144 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
22146 ;;;***
22148 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (16213
22149 ;;;;;; 43271))
22150 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
22152 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
22153 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
22154 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
22155 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
22156 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
22157 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
22159 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
22161 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
22162 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
22163 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
22164 commands to use in that buffer.
22166 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
22168 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
22170 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
22171 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
22173 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
22175 ;;;***
22177 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (16213
22178 ;;;;;; 43271))
22179 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
22181 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
22182 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
22183 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
22184 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
22185 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
22186 program as keyboard input.
22188 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
22189 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
22190 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
22191 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
22193 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
22194 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
22195 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
22196 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
22197 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
22199 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
22201 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
22202 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
22203 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
22204 terminal-redisplay-interval.
22206 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
22207 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
22208 subprocess started.
22210 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
22212 ;;;***
22214 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun testcover-start) "testcover"
22215 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (16213 43273))
22216 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
22218 (autoload (quote testcover-start) "testcover" "\
22219 Uses edebug to instrument all macros and functions in FILENAME, then
22220 changes the instrumentation from edebug to testcover--much faster, no
22221 problems with type-ahead or post-command-hook, etc. If BYTE-COMPILE is
22222 non-nil, byte-compiles each function after instrumenting.
22224 \(fn FILENAME &optional BYTE-COMPILE)" t nil)
22226 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
22227 Start coverage on function under point.
22229 \(fn)" t nil)
22231 ;;;***
22233 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (16213 43281))
22234 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
22236 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
22237 Play the Tetris game.
22238 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
22239 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
22240 as to form complete rows.
22242 tetris-mode keybindings:
22243 \\<tetris-mode-map>
22244 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
22245 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
22246 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
22247 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
22248 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
22249 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
22250 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
22251 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
22253 \(fn)" t nil)
22255 ;;;***
22257 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
22258 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
22259 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22260 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
22261 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
22262 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
22263 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
22264 ;;;;;; (16213 43284))
22265 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
22267 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
22268 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
22270 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
22272 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
22273 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
22274 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
22275 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
22276 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
22278 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
22280 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
22281 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
22282 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
22283 if it matches the first line of the file,
22284 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
22286 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
22288 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
22289 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
22290 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
22291 if the variable is non-nil.")
22293 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
22295 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
22296 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
22298 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
22300 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
22301 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
22302 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22303 See the documentation of that variable.")
22305 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22307 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
22308 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
22309 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22310 See the documentation of that variable.")
22312 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22314 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
22315 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
22316 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22317 See the documentation of that variable.")
22319 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22321 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
22322 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
22323 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
22324 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
22325 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
22327 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
22329 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
22330 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
22331 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
22332 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
22334 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
22336 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
22337 *User defined LaTeX block names.
22338 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
22340 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
22342 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
22343 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
22344 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22345 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
22347 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
22349 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
22350 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22351 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22352 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
22354 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
22356 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
22357 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
22358 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22359 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
22361 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
22362 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
22363 for example,
22365 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22366 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
22368 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
22369 use.")
22371 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
22373 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (if (eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi" "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
22374 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
22375 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
22376 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22377 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
22379 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
22381 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
22383 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
22384 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
22385 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
22387 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
22389 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
22390 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
22391 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
22392 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
22393 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
22395 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
22397 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
22398 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
22400 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
22402 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
22403 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
22405 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
22407 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22408 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
22409 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
22410 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
22411 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
22412 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
22413 says which mode to use.
22415 \(fn)" t nil)
22417 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
22419 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
22421 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
22423 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22424 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
22425 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22426 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22427 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22429 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
22430 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
22431 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22432 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22433 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22434 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22435 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22437 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22438 mismatched $'s or braces.
22440 Special commands:
22441 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
22443 Mode variables:
22444 tex-run-command
22445 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22446 tex-directory
22447 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
22448 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22449 tex-dvi-print-command
22450 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22451 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22452 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22453 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22454 tex-dvi-view-command
22455 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22456 tex-show-queue-command
22457 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22458 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22460 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
22461 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
22462 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22464 \(fn)" t nil)
22466 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22467 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
22468 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22469 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22470 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22472 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
22473 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
22474 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22475 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22476 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22477 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22478 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22480 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22481 mismatched $'s or braces.
22483 Special commands:
22484 \\{latex-mode-map}
22486 Mode variables:
22487 latex-run-command
22488 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22489 tex-directory
22490 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
22491 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22492 tex-dvi-print-command
22493 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22494 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22495 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22496 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22497 tex-dvi-view-command
22498 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22499 tex-show-queue-command
22500 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22501 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22503 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
22504 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
22505 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22507 \(fn)" t nil)
22509 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22510 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
22511 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22512 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22513 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22515 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
22516 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
22517 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22518 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22519 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22520 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22521 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22523 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22524 mismatched $'s or braces.
22526 Special commands:
22527 \\{slitex-mode-map}
22529 Mode variables:
22530 slitex-run-command
22531 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22532 tex-directory
22533 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
22534 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22535 tex-dvi-print-command
22536 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22537 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22538 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22539 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22540 tex-dvi-view-command
22541 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22542 tex-show-queue-command
22543 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22544 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22546 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
22547 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
22548 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
22549 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22551 \(fn)" t nil)
22553 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
22554 Not documented
22556 \(fn)" nil nil)
22558 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22559 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
22561 \(fn)" t nil)
22563 ;;;***
22565 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
22566 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (16213 43284))
22567 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
22569 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
22570 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
22571 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
22572 name specified in the @setfilename command.
22574 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
22575 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
22576 Info-split to do these manually.
22578 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
22580 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
22581 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
22582 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
22583 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
22584 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
22586 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
22588 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
22589 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
22590 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
22591 names specified in the @setfilename command.
22593 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
22594 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
22595 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
22596 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
22598 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
22599 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
22601 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
22603 ;;;***
22605 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
22606 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (16213 43284))
22607 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
22609 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
22610 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
22612 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
22614 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
22615 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
22617 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
22619 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
22620 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
22622 It has these extra commands:
22623 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
22625 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
22626 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
22627 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
22628 modified version of TeX input format.
22630 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
22631 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
22632 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
22633 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
22635 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
22636 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
22637 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
22638 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
22639 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
22640 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
22641 in the Texinfo file.
22643 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
22644 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
22645 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
22646 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
22647 move forward past the closing brace.
22649 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
22650 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
22652 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
22653 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
22654 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
22656 Here are the functions:
22658 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
22659 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
22660 texinfo-sequential-node-update
22662 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
22663 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
22664 texinfo-master-menu
22666 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
22668 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
22669 which menu descriptions are indented.
22671 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
22672 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
22673 in the region.
22675 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
22676 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
22677 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
22678 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
22680 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
22681 be the first node in the file.
22683 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
22684 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
22686 \(fn)" t nil)
22688 ;;;***
22690 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
22691 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
22692 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (16213 43280))
22693 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
22695 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
22696 Compose Thai characters in the region.
22697 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
22698 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
22700 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22702 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
22703 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
22705 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22707 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
22708 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
22710 \(fn)" t nil)
22712 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
22713 Not documented
22715 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
22717 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
22718 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
22719 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
22720 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
22721 to compose.
22723 The return value is number of composed characters.
22725 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
22727 ;;;***
22729 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
22730 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
22731 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (16213 43271))
22732 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
22734 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
22735 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
22737 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
22739 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22740 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
22741 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
22742 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
22743 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
22745 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
22746 a symbol as a valid THING.
22748 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
22749 of the textual entity that was found.
22751 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
22753 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22754 Return the THING at point.
22755 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
22756 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
22757 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
22759 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
22760 a symbol as a valid THING.
22762 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
22764 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22765 Not documented
22767 \(fn)" nil nil)
22769 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22770 Not documented
22772 \(fn)" nil nil)
22774 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22775 Not documented
22777 \(fn)" nil nil)
22779 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22780 Not documented
22782 \(fn)" nil nil)
22784 ;;;***
22786 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
22787 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
22788 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
22789 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
22790 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
22791 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (16213 43280))
22792 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
22794 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
22795 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
22796 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
22798 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
22800 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
22801 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
22803 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22805 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
22806 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
22807 The returned string has no composition information.
22809 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22811 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
22812 Compose Tibetan string STR.
22814 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22816 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
22817 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
22819 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22821 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
22822 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
22823 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
22824 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
22826 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22828 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
22829 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
22830 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
22831 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
22833 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22835 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
22836 Not documented
22838 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
22840 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
22841 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
22842 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
22844 \(fn)" t nil)
22846 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
22847 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
22848 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
22850 \(fn)" t nil)
22852 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
22853 Not documented
22855 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
22857 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
22858 Not documented
22860 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
22862 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
22863 Not documented
22865 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
22867 ;;;***
22869 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
22870 ;;;;;; (16213 43284))
22871 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
22873 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
22874 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
22875 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
22876 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
22877 parameters.
22878 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
22880 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22882 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
22883 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
22884 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
22885 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
22886 parameters.
22887 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
22889 \(fn)" t nil)
22891 ;;;***
22893 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
22894 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (16213 43271))
22895 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
22897 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
22898 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
22900 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
22902 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
22903 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
22904 This display updates automatically every minute.
22905 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
22906 are displayed as well.
22907 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
22909 \(fn)" t nil)
22911 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
22912 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
22913 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22914 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22915 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
22917 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
22919 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
22920 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
22921 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
22923 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
22924 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
22925 are displayed as well.
22926 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
22928 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22930 ;;;***
22932 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
22933 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
22934 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time)
22935 ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (16213 43272))
22936 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
22938 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
22939 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
22941 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
22943 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
22944 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
22946 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
22948 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
22949 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
22951 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
22953 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
22954 Convert DAYS into a time value.
22956 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
22958 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
22959 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
22960 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
22962 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
22964 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
22966 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
22967 Subtract two time values.
22968 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
22970 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
22972 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
22973 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
22975 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
22977 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
22978 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
22979 DATE should be a date-time string.
22981 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
22983 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
22984 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
22985 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
22987 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
22989 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
22990 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
22992 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
22994 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
22995 Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year.
22997 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
22999 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
23000 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
23001 TIME should be a time value.
23002 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
23004 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
23006 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
23007 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
23008 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
23010 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
23012 ;;;***
23014 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
23015 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (16213 43271))
23016 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
23018 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
23019 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
23020 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
23021 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
23022 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
23023 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
23024 look like one of the following:
23025 Time-stamp: <>
23026 Time-stamp: \" \"
23027 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
23028 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
23029 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
23030 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
23031 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
23032 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
23033 template.
23035 \(fn)" t nil)
23037 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
23038 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
23039 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
23041 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23043 ;;;***
23045 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
23046 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
23047 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
23048 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
23049 ;;;;;; (16213 43272))
23050 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
23052 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
23053 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
23054 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
23055 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
23056 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
23057 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
23058 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
23059 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
23060 display (non-nil means on).
23062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23064 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
23065 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
23066 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
23067 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
23068 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
23069 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
23070 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
23071 this function is called within a day.
23073 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
23074 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
23075 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
23076 discover the name of the project.
23078 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
23080 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
23081 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
23082 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
23083 begun during the last time segment.
23085 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
23086 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
23087 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
23088 discover the reason.
23090 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
23092 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
23093 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
23094 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
23095 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
23096 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
23098 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23100 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
23101 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
23102 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
23103 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
23104 project you were working on.
23106 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
23108 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
23109 Ask the user before clocking out.
23110 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
23112 \(fn)" nil nil)
23114 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
23115 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
23116 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
23118 \(fn)" t nil)
23120 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
23121 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
23122 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
23123 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
23124 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
23125 \"relative to today\".
23127 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23129 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
23130 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
23131 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
23132 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
23134 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
23136 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
23137 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
23138 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
23139 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
23140 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
23141 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
23143 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23145 ;;;***
23147 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
23148 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
23149 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (16213 43273))
23150 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
23152 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
23154 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
23155 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
23157 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
23159 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
23160 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
23162 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
23164 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
23165 Perform an action at time TIME.
23166 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
23167 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
23168 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
23169 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
23170 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
23171 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23173 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23175 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23177 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
23178 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
23179 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
23180 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
23181 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23183 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23185 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23187 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
23188 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
23189 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
23190 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
23192 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
23194 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
23195 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
23196 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23197 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
23199 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
23200 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
23202 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23204 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23205 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
23207 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
23208 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
23209 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
23210 The call should look like:
23211 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
23212 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
23213 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
23214 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
23215 be detected.
23217 \(fn LIST &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
23219 ;;;***
23221 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
23222 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (16213 43280))
23223 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
23225 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
23226 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
23227 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
23228 the generated Quail package is saved.
23230 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
23232 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
23233 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
23234 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
23235 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
23236 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
23237 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
23238 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
23240 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
23242 ;;;***
23244 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
23245 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (16233
23246 ;;;;;; 29568))
23247 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
23249 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
23250 Not documented
23252 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23254 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
23255 Not documented
23257 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
23259 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
23260 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
23261 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
23262 PATTERN regexp.
23264 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
23266 ;;;***
23268 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
23269 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (16213 43271))
23270 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
23271 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
23272 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
23273 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
23275 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
23276 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
23277 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
23278 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
23279 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
23281 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
23283 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
23284 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
23285 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
23286 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
23287 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
23289 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
23291 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
23292 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
23293 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
23294 in the menu in two ways:
23295 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
23296 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
23297 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
23299 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
23300 keymap or an alist of alists.
23301 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
23302 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
23304 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
23306 ;;;***
23308 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
23309 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
23310 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (16213 43272))
23311 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
23313 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
23314 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
23316 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
23318 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
23319 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
23321 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
23323 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
23324 Insert new TODO list entry.
23325 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
23326 category.
23328 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23330 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
23331 List top priorities for each category.
23333 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
23334 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
23336 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
23337 between each category.
23339 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
23341 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
23342 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
23343 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
23344 between each category.
23346 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
23348 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
23350 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
23351 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
23353 \\{todo-mode-map}
23355 \(fn)" t nil)
23357 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
23358 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
23360 \(fn)" nil nil)
23362 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
23363 Show TODO list.
23365 \(fn)" t nil)
23367 ;;;***
23369 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
23370 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
23371 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (16213 43286))
23372 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
23374 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
23375 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
23376 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23377 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23378 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
23380 (custom-autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar")
23382 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
23383 Toggle use of the tool bar.
23384 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
23386 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
23387 conveniently adding tool bar items.
23389 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23391 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
23393 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
23394 Add an item to the tool bar.
23395 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
23396 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
23397 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
23398 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
23400 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
23401 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
23402 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
23404 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
23405 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
23407 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23409 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
23410 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
23411 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
23412 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
23413 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
23414 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
23416 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
23417 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
23418 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
23420 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23422 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
23423 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
23424 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
23425 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
23426 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
23427 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
23428 properties to add to the binding.
23430 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
23432 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
23433 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
23435 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23437 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
23438 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
23439 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
23440 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
23441 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
23442 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
23443 properties to add to the binding.
23445 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
23447 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23449 ;;;***
23451 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
23452 ;;;;;; (16213 43271))
23453 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
23455 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
23456 Mode for tooltip display.
23457 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
23459 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23461 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
23462 Toggle tooltip-mode.
23463 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23464 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
23466 (custom-autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip")
23468 ;;;***
23470 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (16213
23471 ;;;;;; 43273))
23472 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
23474 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
23476 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
23478 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
23479 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
23481 \(fn)" t nil)
23483 ;;;***
23485 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
23486 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (16213 43273))
23487 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
23489 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
23490 Set scroll margins.
23492 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
23494 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
23495 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
23497 \(fn)" t nil)
23499 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
23500 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
23502 \(fn)" t nil)
23504 ;;;***
23506 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (16227 13384))
23507 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
23509 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
23510 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
23511 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
23512 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
23513 to a tcp server on another machine.
23515 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
23517 ;;;***
23519 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
23520 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (16213 43273))
23521 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
23523 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
23524 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
23526 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
23528 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
23529 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
23530 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
23531 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
23532 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
23533 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
23534 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
23535 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
23537 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23539 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
23540 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
23541 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
23542 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
23543 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
23544 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
23545 the window or buffer configuration at all.
23547 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23549 ;;;***
23551 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
23552 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
23553 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (16213 43280))
23554 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
23556 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
23557 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
23558 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
23560 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
23561 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
23562 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
23563 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
23565 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
23566 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
23567 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
23568 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
23570 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
23571 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
23572 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
23573 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
23574 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
23575 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
23576 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
23577 files which are not really tramp files.
23579 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
23580 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
23581 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
23582 updated after changing this variable.
23584 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
23586 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
23588 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/[^/]*$" "\
23589 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
23590 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
23591 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
23593 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
23594 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
23595 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
23596 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
23598 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
23599 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
23600 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
23602 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
23603 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
23604 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
23605 updated after changing this variable.
23607 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
23609 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
23611 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
23612 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
23613 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
23615 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23617 (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote file-remote-p) t)
23619 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
23620 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
23621 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
23623 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23625 (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)
23627 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
23629 ;;;***
23631 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
23632 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (16213 43285))
23633 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
23634 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
23635 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
23636 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
23638 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
23639 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
23640 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
23641 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
23642 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
23643 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
23644 first and the associated buffer to its right.
23646 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23648 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
23649 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
23650 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
23651 accepting the proposed default buffer.
23653 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
23655 \(fn)" t nil)
23657 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
23658 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
23659 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
23660 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
23661 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
23662 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
23663 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
23665 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
23666 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
23668 First column's text sSs Second column's text
23669 \\___/\\
23670 / \\
23671 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
23673 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
23675 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23677 ;;;***
23679 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
23680 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
23681 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
23682 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (16213 43271))
23683 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
23685 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
23686 Toggle typing break mode.
23687 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
23688 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23689 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
23691 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
23693 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
23694 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
23696 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
23698 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
23699 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
23701 When this variable is non-nil, emacs checks the idle time between
23702 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
23703 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
23705 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
23706 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
23708 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
23710 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
23711 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
23712 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
23714 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
23715 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
23716 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
23717 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
23718 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
23719 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
23721 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
23722 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
23723 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
23724 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
23726 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
23727 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
23729 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
23730 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
23732 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
23734 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
23735 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
23736 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
23738 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
23739 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
23740 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
23741 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
23742 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
23743 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
23744 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
23746 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
23747 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
23749 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
23750 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
23751 reset the keystroke counter.
23753 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
23754 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
23755 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
23756 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
23758 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
23759 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
23760 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
23761 `type-break-schedule' command.
23763 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
23764 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
23765 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
23766 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
23767 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
23768 or not to continue.
23770 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
23771 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
23772 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
23773 approximate good values for this.
23775 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
23776 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
23778 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
23779 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
23780 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
23781 `type-break-warning-repeat'
23782 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
23783 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
23785 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
23786 a typing break occur. They include:
23788 `type-break-query-mode'
23789 `type-break-query-function'
23790 `type-break-query-interval'
23792 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
23794 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
23796 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
23797 Take a typing break.
23799 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
23800 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
23802 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
23803 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
23805 \(fn)" t nil)
23807 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
23808 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
23809 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
23810 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
23812 \(fn)" t nil)
23814 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
23815 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
23817 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
23818 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
23819 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
23820 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
23821 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
23822 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
23823 average typing speed.)
23825 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
23826 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
23827 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
23828 the computed maximum threshold.
23830 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
23831 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
23832 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
23833 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
23834 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
23836 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
23838 ;;;***
23840 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
23841 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (16213 43286))
23842 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
23844 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
23845 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
23846 Works by overstriking underscores.
23847 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
23848 which specify the range to operate on.
23850 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23852 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
23853 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
23854 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
23855 which specify the range to operate on.
23857 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23859 ;;;***
23861 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
23862 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (16213 43280))
23863 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
23865 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
23866 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
23867 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
23869 \(fn)" t nil)
23871 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
23872 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
23873 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
23874 following the containing message.
23876 \(fn)" t nil)
23878 ;;;***
23880 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
23881 ;;;;;; (16213 43280))
23882 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
23884 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
23885 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
23886 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
23887 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
23888 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
23889 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
23891 \(fn)" nil nil)
23893 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
23894 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
23896 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
23898 ;;;***
23900 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (16213
23901 ;;;;;; 43273))
23902 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
23904 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
23905 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
23906 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
23907 of symbols with local bindings.
23909 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
23911 ;;;***
23913 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
23914 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (16213 43271))
23915 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
23917 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
23918 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
23919 This function has a choice of three things to do:
23920 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
23921 to refrain from editing the file
23922 return t (grab the lock on the file)
23923 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
23924 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
23925 in any way you like.
23927 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
23929 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
23930 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
23931 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
23932 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
23933 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
23935 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
23936 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
23938 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
23940 ;;;***
23942 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
23943 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (16213 43274))
23944 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
23946 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
23947 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
23948 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
23949 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
23951 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23953 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
23954 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
23955 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
23957 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23959 ;;;***
23961 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
23962 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
23963 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
23964 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
23965 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
23966 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
23967 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (16213 43271))
23968 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
23970 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
23971 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
23972 See `run-hooks'.")
23974 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
23976 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
23977 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
23978 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
23980 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
23982 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
23983 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
23984 See `run-hooks'.")
23986 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
23988 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
23989 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
23991 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
23993 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
23994 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
23995 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
23996 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
23997 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
23998 somebody else, signal error.
24000 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
24002 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
24003 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
24004 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
24005 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
24006 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
24008 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
24010 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
24011 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
24012 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
24013 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
24014 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
24015 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
24016 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
24017 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
24018 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
24019 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
24020 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
24022 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
24024 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
24025 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
24027 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
24028 it will operate on the file in the current line.
24030 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
24031 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
24032 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
24033 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
24034 lock steals will raise an error.
24036 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
24038 For RCS and SCCS files:
24039 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
24040 control.
24041 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
24042 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
24043 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
24044 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
24045 it performs a revert.
24046 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
24047 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
24048 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
24049 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
24050 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
24051 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
24052 the option to steal the lock.
24054 For CVS files:
24055 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
24056 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
24057 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
24058 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
24059 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
24060 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
24061 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
24062 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
24063 merge in the changes into your working copy.
24065 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
24067 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
24068 Register the current file into a version control system.
24069 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
24070 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
24072 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
24073 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
24074 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
24075 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
24076 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
24077 first backend that could register the file is used.
24079 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
24081 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
24082 Display diffs between file versions.
24083 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
24084 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
24085 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
24086 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
24087 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
24088 saving the buffer.
24090 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
24092 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
24093 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
24094 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
24095 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
24097 \(fn REV)" t nil)
24099 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
24100 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
24101 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
24102 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
24104 \(fn)" t nil)
24106 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
24107 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
24108 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
24109 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
24110 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
24111 from the current branch.
24113 See Info node `Merging'.
24115 \(fn)" t nil)
24117 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
24119 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
24120 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
24122 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
24124 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
24125 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
24127 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
24129 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
24130 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
24131 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
24132 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
24133 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
24134 are checked out in that new branch.
24136 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
24138 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
24139 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
24140 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
24141 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
24142 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
24143 allowed and simply skipped).
24145 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
24147 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
24148 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
24150 \(fn)" t nil)
24152 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
24153 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
24154 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
24155 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
24156 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
24158 \(fn)" t nil)
24160 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
24161 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
24162 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
24163 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
24164 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
24165 the current branch are merged into the working file.
24167 \(fn)" t nil)
24169 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
24170 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
24171 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
24173 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
24175 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
24176 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
24177 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
24178 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
24179 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
24180 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
24181 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
24183 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
24185 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
24186 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
24187 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
24188 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
24189 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
24190 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
24191 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
24192 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
24193 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
24195 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
24197 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
24198 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
24200 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
24202 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
24203 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
24204 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
24205 directory.
24207 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
24209 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
24210 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
24211 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
24213 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
24214 log entries should be gathered.
24216 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
24218 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
24219 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
24221 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
24222 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
24223 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
24224 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
24225 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
24226 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
24228 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
24229 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
24230 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
24231 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
24232 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
24233 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
24234 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
24235 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
24237 Customization variables:
24239 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
24240 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
24241 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
24242 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
24244 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
24246 ;;;***
24248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (16243 62806))
24249 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
24250 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
24251 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
24252 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
24253 (load "vc-cvs")
24254 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
24256 ;;;***
24258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (16213 43271))
24259 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
24260 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
24261 (let ((dir file))
24262 (while (and (stringp dir)
24263 (not (equal
24264 dir (setq dir (file-name-directory dir))))
24265 dir)
24266 (setq dir (if (file-directory-p
24267 (expand-file-name "MCVS/CVS" dir))
24268 t (directory-file-name dir))))
24269 (if (eq dir t)
24270 (progn
24271 (load "vc-mcvs")
24272 (vc-mcvs-registered file)))))
24274 ;;;***
24276 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
24277 ;;;;;; (16213 43271))
24278 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
24280 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
24281 *Where to look for RCS master files.
24282 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
24284 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
24285 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
24287 ;;;***
24289 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
24290 ;;;;;; (16213 43271))
24291 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
24293 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
24294 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
24295 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
24297 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
24298 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
24300 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
24301 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
24302 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
24303 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
24305 ;;;***
24307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (16213 43271))
24308 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
24309 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
24310 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
24311 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
24312 (load "vc-svn")
24313 (vc-svn-registered f)))
24315 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
24317 ;;;***
24319 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
24320 ;;;;;; (16213 43282))
24321 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
24323 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
24324 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
24326 Usage:
24327 ------
24329 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
24330 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
24331 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
24332 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
24333 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
24334 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
24335 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
24336 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
24337 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
24339 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
24340 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
24341 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
24342 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
24344 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
24345 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
24346 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
24347 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
24348 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
24350 Template styles can be customized in customization group
24351 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
24354 HEADER INSERTION:
24355 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
24356 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
24357 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
24360 STUTTERING:
24361 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
24362 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
24363 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
24364 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
24366 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
24367 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
24368 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
24369 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
24370 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
24373 WORD COMPLETION:
24374 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
24375 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
24376 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
24377 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
24379 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
24380 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
24381 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
24382 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
24383 beginning with \"std\").
24385 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
24386 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
24387 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
24388 stop.
24391 COMMENTS:
24392 `--' puts a single comment.
24393 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
24394 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
24395 with a comment in between.
24396 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
24397 out following lines.
24398 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
24399 uncomments a region if already commented out.
24401 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
24402 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
24403 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
24404 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
24405 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
24406 non-nil.
24408 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
24409 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
24410 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
24411 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
24412 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
24413 multi-line comments.
24416 INDENTATION:
24417 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
24418 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
24419 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
24420 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
24422 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
24423 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
24424 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
24425 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
24427 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
24428 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
24429 and vice versa.
24431 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
24432 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
24435 ALIGNMENT:
24436 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
24437 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
24438 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
24439 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
24440 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
24441 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
24442 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
24443 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
24445 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
24446 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
24447 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
24448 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
24449 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
24450 is non-nil.
24452 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
24453 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
24454 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
24456 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
24457 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
24460 | CODE FILLING:
24461 | Code filling allows to condens code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
24462 | maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
24463 | lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
24464 | enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
24465 | blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
24466 | `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
24469 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
24470 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
24471 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
24472 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
24473 command:
24475 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
24478 PORT TRANSLATION:
24479 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
24480 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
24481 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
24482 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
24483 internal signal initializations (menu).
24485 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
24486 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
24487 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
24489 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
24490 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
24491 | direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
24492 | outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
24493 | reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
24494 | in subsequent paste operations.)
24496 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
24497 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
24498 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
24501 | SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
24502 | Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
24503 | subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
24504 | and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
24505 | association list with formals).
24508 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
24509 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
24510 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
24511 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
24512 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
24513 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
24514 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
24515 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
24516 `vhdl-testbench'.
24519 KEY BINDINGS:
24520 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
24523 VHDL MENU:
24524 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
24527 FILE BROWSER:
24528 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
24529 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
24530 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
24532 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
24533 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
24536 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
24537 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
24538 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
24539 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
24541 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
24542 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
24543 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
24545 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
24546 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
24547 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
24548 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
24550 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
24551 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
24552 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
24553 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
24554 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
24556 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
24557 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
24558 required by secondary units.
24561 | STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
24562 | Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
24563 | for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
24564 | instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
24565 | (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
24566 | all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
24567 | and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
24568 | - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
24569 | connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
24570 | - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
24571 | inputs to this component -> input port created
24572 | - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
24573 | outputs from this component -> output port created
24574 | - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
24575 | considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
24577 | Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
24578 | `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
24579 | an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
24580 | component instantiation is also supported (option
24581 | `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
24583 | Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
24584 | create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
24585 | strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
24586 | component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
24587 | browser, and wiring everything automatically.
24589 | Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
24590 | components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
24592 | See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
24595 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
24596 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
24597 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
24598 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
24599 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
24600 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
24601 information. New compilers can be added.
24603 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
24604 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
24607 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
24608 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
24609 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
24610 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
24611 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
24613 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
24614 command:
24616 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
24617 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
24618 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
24620 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
24621 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
24622 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
24623 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
24624 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
24625 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
24626 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
24628 Limitations:
24629 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
24630 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
24631 not (yet) supported.
24632 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
24633 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
24634 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
24637 PROJECTS:
24638 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
24639 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
24640 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
24641 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
24642 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
24643 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
24644 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
24645 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
24647 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
24648 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
24649 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
24650 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
24651 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
24652 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
24653 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
24654 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
24655 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
24656 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
24657 `vhdl-project-alist'.
24660 SPECIAL MENUES:
24661 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
24662 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
24663 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
24664 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
24665 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
24666 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
24667 current directory for VHDL source files.
24670 VHDL STANDARDS:
24671 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
24672 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
24675 KEYWORD CASE:
24676 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
24677 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
24678 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
24679 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
24680 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
24681 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
24682 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
24683 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
24686 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
24687 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
24688 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
24689 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
24690 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
24691 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
24692 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
24694 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
24695 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
24696 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
24697 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
24698 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
24699 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
24701 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
24702 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
24703 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
24704 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
24705 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
24706 visually.
24708 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
24709 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
24710 highlighted if written in lower case.
24712 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
24713 highlighted using a different background color if option
24714 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
24716 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
24717 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
24718 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
24719 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
24720 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
24723 USER MODELS:
24724 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
24725 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
24726 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
24729 HIDE/SHOW:
24730 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
24731 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
24732 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
24733 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
24734 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
24737 CODE UPDATING:
24738 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
24739 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
24740 Limitations:
24741 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
24742 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
24743 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
24744 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
24745 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
24746 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
24747 (used to obtain the port names).
24750 CODE FIXING:
24751 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
24752 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
24755 PRINTING:
24756 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
24757 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
24758 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
24759 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
24760 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
24761 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
24762 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
24763 printers.
24766 OPTIONS:
24767 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
24768 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
24769 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
24770 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
24771 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
24773 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
24774 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
24775 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
24776 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
24777 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
24778 INSTALL file).
24780 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
24781 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
24784 FILE EXTENSIONS:
24785 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
24786 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
24787 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
24789 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
24792 HINTS:
24793 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
24794 a VHDL file first, use the command:
24796 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
24798 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
24800 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
24803 RELEASE NOTES:
24804 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
24807 Maintenance:
24808 ------------
24810 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
24811 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
24813 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
24815 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
24816 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
24817 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
24818 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
24820 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
24821 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
24822 where the latest version can be found.
24825 Known problems:
24826 ---------------
24828 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
24829 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
24830 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
24833 The VHDL Mode Authors
24834 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
24836 Key bindings:
24837 -------------
24839 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
24841 \(fn)" t nil)
24843 ;;;***
24845 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (16213 43273))
24846 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
24848 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
24849 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
24850 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
24851 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
24853 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
24854 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
24855 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
24856 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
24857 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
24859 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
24860 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
24862 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
24864 * Limitations and unsupported features
24865 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
24866 not supported.
24867 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
24868 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
24870 * Modifications
24871 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
24872 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
24873 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
24874 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
24875 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
24876 for undoing a repeated change command.
24877 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
24878 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
24879 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
24881 * Extensions
24882 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
24883 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
24884 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
24885 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
24886 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
24887 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
24888 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
24889 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
24891 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
24893 \(fn)" t nil)
24895 ;;;***
24897 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
24898 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
24899 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
24900 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (16213 43280))
24901 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
24903 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
24904 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
24906 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
24908 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
24909 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
24910 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
24911 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
24913 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
24915 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
24916 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
24918 \(fn)" t nil)
24920 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
24921 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
24922 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
24923 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
24925 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
24927 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
24928 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
24930 \(fn)" t nil)
24932 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
24933 Not documented
24935 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
24937 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
24938 Not documented
24940 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
24942 ;;;***
24944 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
24945 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
24946 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (16213
24947 ;;;;;; 43271))
24948 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
24950 (defvar view-mode nil "\
24951 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
24952 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
24953 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
24955 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
24957 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
24958 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
24959 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24960 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24961 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24962 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24963 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24965 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24967 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
24969 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
24970 View FILE in View mode in another window.
24971 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
24972 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24973 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24974 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24975 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24976 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24978 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24980 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
24982 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
24983 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
24984 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
24985 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24986 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24987 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24988 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24989 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24991 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24993 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
24995 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
24996 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
24997 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24998 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24999 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25000 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25001 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25003 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25005 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
25006 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
25007 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
25009 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
25011 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
25012 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
25013 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
25014 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25015 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25016 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25017 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25018 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25020 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25022 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
25023 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
25024 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
25026 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
25028 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
25029 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
25030 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
25031 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25032 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25033 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25034 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25035 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25037 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25039 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
25040 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
25041 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
25043 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
25045 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
25046 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
25047 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
25049 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
25050 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
25051 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
25052 read-only.
25053 \\<view-mode-map>
25054 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
25055 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
25056 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
25057 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
25058 commands default to a repeat count of one.
25060 H, h, ? This message.
25061 Digits provide prefix arguments.
25062 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
25063 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
25064 > move to the end of buffer.
25065 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
25066 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
25067 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
25068 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
25069 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
25070 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
25071 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
25072 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
25073 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
25074 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
25075 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
25076 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
25077 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
25078 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
25079 Use this to view a changing file.
25080 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
25081 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
25082 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
25083 . set the mark.
25084 x exchanges point and mark.
25085 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
25086 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
25087 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
25088 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
25089 ' go to position saved in character register.
25090 s do forward incremental search.
25091 r do reverse incremental search.
25092 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
25093 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
25094 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
25095 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
25096 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
25097 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
25098 p searches backward for last regular expression.
25099 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
25100 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
25101 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
25102 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
25103 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
25104 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
25105 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
25106 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
25107 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
25108 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
25110 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
25111 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
25112 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
25113 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
25114 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
25115 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
25116 will return to that buffer.
25118 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25122 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
25123 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
25124 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
25125 `view-return-to-alist'.
25126 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
25127 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
25128 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
25130 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
25131 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
25132 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
25133 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
25134 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
25135 1) nil Do nothing.
25136 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
25137 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
25138 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
25139 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
25141 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25143 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25145 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
25147 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
25148 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
25150 \(fn)" t nil)
25152 ;;;***
25154 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (16213
25155 ;;;;;; 43273))
25156 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
25158 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
25159 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
25161 \(fn)" nil nil)
25163 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
25164 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
25166 \(fn)" t nil)
25168 ;;;***
25170 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
25171 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
25172 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
25174 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
25175 Toggle Viper on/off.
25176 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
25178 \(fn)" t nil)
25180 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
25181 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi.
25183 \(fn)" t nil)
25185 ;;;***
25187 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
25188 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
25189 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
25191 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
25192 Function to generate warning prefixes.
25193 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
25194 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
25195 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
25196 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
25197 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
25198 the beginning of the warning.")
25200 (defvar warning-series nil "\
25201 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
25202 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
25203 which is the start of the current series; it means that
25204 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
25205 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
25206 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
25207 also call that function before the next warning.")
25209 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
25210 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
25212 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
25213 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
25214 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
25215 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
25217 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
25218 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
25219 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
25220 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
25221 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
25222 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
25224 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
25225 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
25226 if you do not attend to it promptly.
25227 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
25228 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
25229 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
25230 :debug -- info for debugging only.
25232 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
25233 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
25235 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
25237 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
25238 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
25240 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
25242 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
25243 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
25244 Aside from generating the message with `format',
25245 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
25247 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol).
25248 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
25249 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
25250 can be whatever you like.)
25252 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
25253 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
25254 if you do not attend to it promptly.
25255 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
25256 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
25258 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25260 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
25261 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
25262 Aside from generating the message with `format',
25263 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
25264 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
25266 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25268 ;;;***
25270 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (16213 43280))
25271 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
25273 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
25274 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
25276 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
25277 hotlist.
25279 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
25280 <nwv@acm.org>.
25282 \(fn)" t nil)
25284 ;;;***
25286 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
25287 ;;;;;; (16250 35355))
25288 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
25289 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
25290 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
25292 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
25294 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
25295 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
25296 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25297 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25298 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
25300 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
25302 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
25303 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
25304 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
25305 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
25307 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
25308 and off otherwise.
25310 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25312 ;;;***
25314 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
25315 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
25316 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
25317 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
25318 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
25319 ;;;;;; (16249 12135))
25320 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
25322 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
25323 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
25325 \(fn)" t nil)
25327 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
25328 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
25330 \(fn)" t nil)
25332 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
25333 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
25335 \(fn)" t nil)
25337 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
25338 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
25340 \(fn)" t nil)
25342 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
25343 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
25345 \(fn)" t nil)
25347 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
25348 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
25349 These are:
25350 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
25351 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
25352 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
25353 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
25354 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
25356 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
25357 and:
25358 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
25359 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
25361 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
25363 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
25364 Check the region for whitespace errors.
25366 \(fn S E)" t nil)
25368 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
25369 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
25371 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
25372 whitespace problems.
25374 \(fn)" t nil)
25376 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
25377 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
25379 \(fn S E)" t nil)
25381 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
25382 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
25383 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25384 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25385 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
25387 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
25389 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
25390 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
25391 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
25393 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
25394 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
25396 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25398 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
25399 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
25400 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
25402 \(fn)" t nil)
25404 ;;;***
25406 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
25407 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (16213 43272))
25408 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
25410 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
25411 Browse the widget under point.
25413 \(fn POS)" t nil)
25415 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
25416 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
25418 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
25420 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
25421 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
25423 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
25425 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
25426 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
25427 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
25429 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25431 ;;;***
25433 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
25434 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (16213
25435 ;;;;;; 43272))
25436 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
25438 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
25439 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
25441 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
25443 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
25444 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
25445 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
25447 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
25449 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
25450 Create widget of TYPE.
25451 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
25453 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25455 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
25456 Delete WIDGET.
25458 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
25460 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
25461 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
25463 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25465 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
25466 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
25467 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
25469 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
25470 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
25472 \(fn)" nil nil)
25474 ;;;***
25476 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
25477 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (16213
25478 ;;;;;; 43272))
25479 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
25481 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
25482 Select the window to the left of the current one.
25483 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25484 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
25485 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
25486 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
25487 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25491 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
25492 Select the window above the current one.
25493 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
25494 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
25495 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
25496 negative ARG) of the current window.
25497 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25501 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
25502 Select the window to the right of the current one.
25503 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25504 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
25505 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
25506 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
25507 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25511 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
25512 Select the window below the current one.
25513 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25514 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
25515 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
25516 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
25517 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25521 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
25522 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
25523 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
25524 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
25526 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
25528 ;;;***
25530 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
25531 ;;;;;; (16213 43272))
25532 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
25534 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
25535 Toggle winner-mode.
25536 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25537 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
25539 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
25541 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
25542 Toggle Winner mode.
25543 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
25545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25547 ;;;***
25549 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
25550 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (16239 25257))
25551 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
25553 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
25554 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
25555 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
25556 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
25557 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
25558 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
25559 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
25560 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
25562 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
25563 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
25565 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
25567 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
25568 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
25570 \(fn)" t nil)
25572 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
25573 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
25574 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
25575 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
25576 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
25577 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
25578 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
25579 `woman' command for further details.
25581 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
25583 ;;;***
25585 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
25586 ;;;;;; (16213 43273))
25587 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
25589 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
25590 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
25592 BUGS:
25593 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
25594 are not implemented
25595 - Options for search and replace
25596 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
25597 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
25599 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
25600 Emacs-like.
25602 The key bindings are:
25604 C-a backward-word
25605 C-b fill-paragraph
25606 C-c scroll-up-line
25607 C-d forward-char
25608 C-e previous-line
25609 C-f forward-word
25610 C-g delete-char
25611 C-h backward-char
25612 C-i indent-for-tab-command
25613 C-j help-for-help
25614 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
25615 C-l ws-repeat-search
25616 C-n open-line
25617 C-p quoted-insert
25618 C-r scroll-down-line
25619 C-s backward-char
25620 C-t kill-word
25621 C-u keyboard-quit
25622 C-v overwrite-mode
25623 C-w scroll-down
25624 C-x next-line
25625 C-y kill-complete-line
25626 C-z scroll-up
25628 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
25629 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
25630 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
25631 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
25632 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
25633 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
25634 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
25635 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
25636 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
25637 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
25638 C-k b ws-begin-block
25639 C-k c ws-copy-block
25640 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
25641 C-k f find-file
25642 C-k h ws-show-markers
25643 C-k i ws-indent-block
25644 C-k k ws-end-block
25645 C-k p ws-print-block
25646 C-k q kill-emacs
25647 C-k r insert-file
25648 C-k s save-some-buffers
25649 C-k t ws-mark-word
25650 C-k u ws-exdent-block
25651 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
25652 C-k v ws-move-block
25653 C-k w ws-write-block
25654 C-k x kill-emacs
25655 C-k y ws-delete-block
25657 C-o c wordstar-center-line
25658 C-o b switch-to-buffer
25659 C-o j justify-current-line
25660 C-o k kill-buffer
25661 C-o l list-buffers
25662 C-o m auto-fill-mode
25663 C-o r set-fill-column
25664 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
25665 C-o wd delete-other-windows
25666 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
25667 C-o wo other-window
25668 C-o wv split-window-vertically
25670 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
25671 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
25672 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
25673 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
25674 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
25675 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
25676 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
25677 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
25678 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
25679 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
25680 C-q a ws-query-replace
25681 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
25682 C-q c end-of-buffer
25683 C-q d end-of-line
25684 C-q f ws-search
25685 C-q k ws-to-block-end
25686 C-q l ws-undo
25687 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
25688 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
25689 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
25690 C-q w ws-last-error
25691 C-q y ws-kill-eol
25692 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
25694 \(fn)" t nil)
25696 ;;;***
25698 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
25699 ;;;;;; (16213 43272))
25700 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
25702 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
25703 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
25704 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
25705 Returns the top node with all its children.
25706 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
25707 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
25709 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
25711 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
25712 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
25713 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
25714 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
25715 is not well-formed XML.
25716 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
25717 and returned as the first element of the list.
25718 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
25720 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
25722 ;;;***
25724 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (16213
25725 ;;;;;; 43272))
25726 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
25728 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
25729 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25730 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25731 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25732 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
25734 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
25736 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
25737 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
25738 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25740 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
25742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25744 ;;;***
25746 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
25747 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (16213 43281))
25748 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
25750 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
25751 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
25753 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
25755 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
25756 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
25758 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
25760 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
25761 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
25762 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
25764 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25766 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
25767 Zippy goes to the analyst.
25769 \(fn)" t nil)
25771 ;;;***
25773 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (16213 43281))
25774 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
25776 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
25777 Zone out, completely.
25779 \(fn)" t nil)
25781 ;;;***
25783 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
25784 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (16213 43280))
25785 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
25787 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
25788 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
25790 \(fn)" t nil)
25792 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
25793 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
25795 Zone-mode does two things:
25797 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
25798 when saving the file
25800 - fontification
25802 \(fn)" t nil)
25804 ;;;***
25806 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
25807 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
25808 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
25809 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
25810 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
25811 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
25812 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-maint.el"
25813 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
25814 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
25815 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
25816 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
25817 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
25818 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
25819 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
25820 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
25821 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
25822 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
25823 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
25824 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el"
25825 ;;;;;; "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
25826 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el"
25827 ;;;;;; "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el"
25828 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
25829 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el"
25830 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
25831 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el"
25832 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
25833 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
25834 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
25835 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
25836 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/testcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/testcover-unsafep.el"
25837 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
25838 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
25839 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
25840 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
25841 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
25842 ;;;;;; "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
25843 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
25844 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
25845 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
25846 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
25847 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
25848 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
25849 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
25850 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
25851 ;;;;;; "faces.el" "files.el" "filesets.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
25852 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
25853 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el" "gnus/format-spec.el"
25854 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
25855 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
25856 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
25857 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
25858 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el"
25859 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
25860 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
25861 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
25862 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
25863 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
25864 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
25865 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml.el"
25866 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
25867 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
25868 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
25869 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
25870 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el"
25871 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el"
25872 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
25873 ;;;;;; "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el"
25874 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
25875 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/iso-insert.el"
25876 ;;;;;; "international/iso-swed.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
25877 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
25878 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
25879 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
25880 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
25881 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
25882 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
25883 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/swedish.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
25884 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-7.el" "international/utf-8.el"
25885 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
25886 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el"
25887 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
25888 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
25889 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el"
25890 ;;;;;; "language/malayalam.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el"
25891 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/tamil.el" "language/thai.el"
25892 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
25893 ;;;;;; "loaddefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
25894 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
25895 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
25896 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-customize.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
25897 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-index.el"
25898 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el"
25899 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-pick.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-xemacs-compat.el"
25900 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-xemacs-icons.el" "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el"
25901 ;;;;;; "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
25902 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
25903 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-ftp.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el"
25904 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
25905 ;;;;;; "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el" "obsolete/mlsupport.el"
25906 ;;;;;; "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/rnews.el"
25907 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el"
25908 ;;;;;; "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el"
25909 ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
25910 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
25911 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
25912 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
25913 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
25914 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
25915 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
25916 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
25917 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el" "replace.el" "s-region.el"
25918 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el"
25919 ;;;;;; "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el"
25920 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/internal.el"
25921 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/keyswap.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el"
25922 ;;;;;; "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el"
25923 ;;;;;; "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el"
25924 ;;;;;; "term/tvi970.el" "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el"
25925 ;;;;;; "term/vt200.el" "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el"
25926 ;;;;;; "term/vt300.el" "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el"
25927 ;;;;;; "term/w32-win.el" "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el"
25928 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
25929 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el"
25930 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
25931 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
25932 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el"
25933 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
25934 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el"
25935 ;;;;;; "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
25936 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el") (16251 63725 297036))
25938 ;;;***
25940 ;;; Local Variables:
25941 ;;; version-control: never
25942 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
25943 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
25944 ;;; End:
25945 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here